Sie sind auf Seite 1von 182

high torque precision

Product Catalog

2012

For detailed technical information


have a look at our website:
www.gfc-antriebe.de

This catalog is a description of our products. The data included in this catalog does not contain any indication regarding characteristics or
suitability for certain or assumed application purposes. The technical data is subject to change without notice. Liability for illustrations and
information included in the catalog shall be excluded for both GFC AntriebsSysteme GmbH and third parties acting on our behalf.
(State November 2011)

Introduction
GEAR
>>

1. Worm wheel sets

Dimension sheets 40 80
Dimension sheets 100 315

16
18

>>

2. Worm gear units

Dimension sheets S 40.1 315.1


Power table S 40.1 315.1
Masses/Lubricant quantities
Installation guidelines
Dimension sheets S 200.1 315.1

22
43
47
48
50

>>

3. Helical-worm gear units

Dimension sheets SS 50.1 80.1 and SS 100 250


Power table SS 50.1 80.1 and SS 100 250
Masses/Lubricant quantities
Installation guidelines

54
76
84
85

>>

4. Worm-helical gear units

Dimension sheets SST 97 150


Power table SST 97 150
Masses/Lubricant quantities
Installation guidelines

88
98
101
102

>>

5. Double-worm gear units

Dimension sheets DS 80.1 315.1

106

>>

6. Elevator gear boxes

Dimension sheets SSMVD 80 160


Dimension sheets SSTKVD 97 150
Dimension sheets SSMVD 250
Information needed for processing orders
Technical data

110
112
114
117
118

>>

7. Escalator gear boxes

Dimension sheets SOG 125 180


Lifetime curves
Technical data

122
126
130

>>

8. Slewing gear units

Dimension sheets DRW 180 285


Technical data
Permissible loads and output levels
Information needed for processing orders
Important Notices

134
135
138
140
142

>>

9. Gearbox motors

Installation guidelines
Motor selection data

146
150

>>

10. Servo actuators

Milan drive advanced


Dimension sheets MDA 35.1 63.1
Technical data Milan drive advanced
Installation guidelines
Dimension sheets MF 35.1 63.1
Technical data Milan format

154
156
158
162
166
167

>>

11. Direct drives

Torque motor TM 320 and 630

170

Concept development
Customized solutions
Calculation
Testing
Industrialization

174
174
174
174
175

MOTORS

SERVICES
>>

12. Engineering

>>

13. Service

178

>> GFC ANTRIEBSS YS T EME


For more than 100 years, the name GFC stands for high precision,
engineering ingenuity and customised solutions in producing worm gear
units and drive systems. Lean hierarchies and short decision-making allow a
flexible and quick reaction to customer requirements.
We offer long-lasting solutions and reliable system components in top
material quality for machines and systems in virtually any size. Gears from
our modular construction system can be modified and completed with the
option of silenced brake motors, adjustable mechanisms, electronic speed
controls or individual components. By machining tooth profiles while
applying state-of-the-art technology, we achieve excellent antifrictional
qualities, high running quietness, and a high level of efficiency. GFC drives
are maintained at the highest technical level due to the competence of
6 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

our development department and also due to our staffs ongoing training programmes. It goes without saying that certifications in compliance with
EN ISO 9001 and EN ISO 14001, DNV and ABS have been significant quality
parameters and form a standard for the GFC production. Our highly qualified
field service and technical trained personnel as well as their in-depth consulting knowledge allow GFC to provide creative solutions
to any drive technology task. We are ready for a challenge!
>>

Our product range includes:


Worm gear units/motors Centre distance a = 40 500
Helical worm gear units/motors Centre distance a = 50 250
Worm-helical gear units/motors Centre distance a = 97 150
Double-worm gear units/motors Centre distance a = 100 250
Worm gear sets Centre distance a = 40 500 and according
to customer drawing
Slewing gear units Centre distance a = 80 395
Direct drives on request
Servo drive with integral controls
Individual drive solutions
GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 7

Introduction

Specifications for enquiries


>> If the gearbox is to be exactly sized by GFC,
we then request from you the following specifications:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

17. Transmission of power from the actuator machine to


the gearbox
18. a) Temporarily high torque levels
b) Additional forces to be absorbed by the bearing of
the transmission (in N) and their direction, resulting
from any additional loads on the shaft ends by
gears for belts, V-belts, chain gearboxes of gears
of any type
19. Device description (series, operation position) of
the transmission (see Device Description Overview)
20. Are any particular properties required?
>> Specifications on the required self-locking effect
(static, dynamic, definitely self-locking from the
rest position)
>> splicing with low slackness
>> runs with particularly low noise level
>> additional particularities
21. For gearboxes with connector flange for motor
a) Motor cross-section
b) Motor flange diameter (centering) in mm
c) Motor shaft end d x l in mm
22. Which coupling will be used?

Purpose for use of the worm gearbox


Type of actuator machine
Actuation power P1 (in kW)
Actuation output speed n1 in 1/min
Gearbox output torque T2 in Nm
Gearbox output, output speed n2 in 1/min
Desired total transmission ratio i = n1/n2
Is mathematically exact transmission ratio required?
Type of working unit
Manner of operation
>> continuous
>> non-continuous
>> do impacts occur
Average duration of daily operation (in h)
Start frequency per hour
Running time per hour ED in % (operation time under load)
For how many hours of operation must the gearbox be sized?
Ambient temperature in C
Particular setup conditions
>> outdoors
>> dust exposure
>> ambient temperature
>> splash-proof

Efficiency ratings and problems for the self-locking effect


>>

Efficiency rating

transmission. When operating conditions deviate greatly from the


indicated conditions (i. e., in the event of very short running times
followed by long breaks) the indicated efficiency ratings cannot be
attained. Therefore, we kindly request that you consult us before
taking further action.

The efficiency ratings indicated in the output tables for the cylindrical worm gearbox are average and/or guideline values. They apply
to warm-running, well-run-in cylinder worm gearboxes with roller
positioning, proper lubrication and a tractioning worm shaft at the
corresponding operating output speed under nominal load and con- >> Actuation to the fast mode
tinuous operation. The efficiency rating increases proportionally to
the increase in running speed (vg) on the splicing (output speed and
The efficiency rating with a tractioning worm wheel (transmissizes influence), with increasing centre-increase angle m (that is to
sion to the fast mode) is calculated as follows:
say, with a decreasing transmission ratio i) and with improvement in
1
= 2-
the surface quality of the tooth flanks for the worm shaft. Based on
previous experience, the efficiency ratings for a new gearbox (accordWith that, the overall efficiency rating h is always lower than with
ing to the prevailing transmission ratio) are lower than indicated in the
a tractioning worm shaft. Based on this premise, it is apparent that
output tables. These are to be multiplied by the following factors:
multiple-gear worms, due to their favorable efficiency rating for
GFC worm wheel sets, starting at the 4-gear worm enable actuation from the worm wheel side (that is to say, actuation to the fast
S 40.1 S 100.1/SS 50.1 SS 250.1
mode).
i (worm)
Factor
4 ... 14
14.5 ... 27
ab 28

0.97
0.93
0.87

SST 97 SST 150


i (worm)
4 ... 11
13.5 ... 19.5
ab 27

Factor
0.97
0.93
0.87

A good run-in is a decisive factor in the output and lifetime of the

8 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

>>

Self-locking capacity
For worm gearboxes, one differentiates between the static and
dynamic self-locking effect. Static self-locking effect is applicable
when the start efficiency rating A 0.5. A start of the worm shaft
with a tractioning worm wheel is then impossible. Due to external
initiation of oscillation, this self-locking effect can be (under certain
circumstances) cancelled out, which means that the worm shaft can
be started when the worm wheel is tractioning. The dynamic selflocking effect (self-locking capacity when running) applies when

Introduction

the operating efficiency rating 0.5. This takes effect in worm


gearboxes (according to the prevailing surface quality and toothbearing size at centre-increase angles ranging from = 2.5 to 4.
Self-locking worm gearboxes are inefficient due to their poor overall efficiency rating and the correspondingly high loss of output
(particularly considering the extensive installation space and long
power-on times). In those actuator situations in which the self-locking effect is required, one should always verify whether the installation of a return block or a brake is the more practical solution. A
self-locking gearbox cannot replace an actual brake.

T
T1A = i x 2 in Nm
A

The start efficiency rating is (just as the operating efficiency rating) dependent on the width of the centre-increase angle for the
worm shaft. Here, too, the principle applies that a wider centreincrease angle positively influences starting. The start efficiency
ratings indicated in the following are guideline values (just as the
operating efficiency ratings in the output tables). They apply to the
run-in gearbox lubricated with synthetic oil. For a new gearbox, the
following start efficiency ratings apply.
S 40.1 S 80.1/SS 50.1 SS 80.1

Self-locking capacity for the GFC worm gearbox, depending


on the transmission ratio:
>> transmission ratio i = 5 to 25 no self-locking effect
>> transmission ratio i = 31.5 to 50 static self-locking effect,
possible return under vibration
>> transmission ratio i = 63 to 100 static self-locking effect,
return only possible with limitations when vibration occurs
If self-locking is required, please contact GFC.
>>

Start efficiency rating

The start efficiency rating A for a cylindrical worm gearbox is


(due to the large tooth-friction coefficient Z for low running
speeds) is always less than the efficiency rating at operating output
speed under nominal load and continuous operation. For starting a
worm gearbox under load (due to the lower start efficiency rating)
a greater actuator torque T1A is necessary. T1A is calculated as follows:

i (worm)
4 ... 14
14.5 ... 27
28 ... 54
62 ... 107

Factor
0.66
0.52
0.38
0.28

S 100.1 S 160.1/SS 100 SS 250


i (worm)
4 ... 14
14.5 ... 27
28 ... 54
62 ... 107

Factor
0.68
0.56
0.4
0.28

SST 97 SST 150


i (worm)
4 ... 11

Factor
0.66

13.5 ... 19.5

0.52

ab 27

0.38

Further sizes on request.

Guidelines for gearbox selection


The values indicated in the selection tables (output and torque)
na = actuator output speed (1/min) of the working machine matapply to warm-running, well-run-in and properly lubricated gearches the output, output speed of the gearbox motor
boxes, with nominal load and tractioning worm shaft under the
>> Selection according to the mechanical wear
following conditions:
>> Continuous operation (S1) with consistent loads and 8 hours of
Tmech. req. = fB x fH x fS x Ta
daily operation
Tmech. req. = req. mechanical output torque (gearbox)
>> Ambient temperature: 20Celsius
Ta = torque of the working machine (Nm)
>> Lubricant temperature: 100Celsius
fB = operation factor (Table 1)
>> During the start, the 2-fold actuator torque is transmitted; in the
fH = factor for start frequency (Table 2)
process, five starts per hour are permissible. Operating conditions
fS = factor for type of lubricant (Table 6)
which deviate from this limit value must be taken into account with
certain factors upon selection. The indicated factors are guideline >> Selection according to the thermal wear
values. A selection of worm gearboxes should preferably be made
according to the actuator torque for the working machine. Here,
Tth.req. = fE x f T x fL x fS x Ta
one must differentiate between mechanical and thermal wear:
Tth. req. = req. thermal output torque (gearbox)
fE = factor for power-on time (Table 3)
f T = factor for ambient temperature (Table 4)
>> The torque Ta is calculated from the equation
fL = factor for operation position (Table 5)
fS = factor for the type of lubricant (Table 6)
Ta = (9550 x Pa )/na
Ta = required torque on the working machine (Nm)
Pa = required output on the working machine (kW)

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 9

Introduction

>>

Selection of gearbox sizes

Table 6 Factor fS

The selection of the gearbox size is based on the greater of the


two calculated values. Here, the following applies:
Tmech. req. T2N or Tth. req. T2N
T2N = nominal torque of the transmission on the
slow-running shaft.
>>

Size
n1 500 1/min
n1 < 500 1/min

8h/day

16h/day

24h/day

0.8
1
1.5

1
1.25
1.75

1.15
1.4
1.9

1.25
1.5
2

II
II

Belt conveyors
Blades
Bottling machines
Brick presses
Briquet presses
Bucket excavator

I
III
I
II
III
III

Calenders
Capstan actuators
Carousel-equipped milking parlors
Centrifugal pumps
Centrifuges
>> lightweight
>> heavy
Clearing machines
Conveyor installations
>> homogenous loads
>> coarse and non-homogenous material
>> with oscillating motion (vibrator installation)
Cranes
>> Plant cranes
>> Auto-rotary cranes (drive actuator)
>> Auto-rotary cranes (lifting actuator)
Cutting machines

I
III
I
I

Table 2 Factor fH
fH
1.00
1.05
1.10
1.20
1.25

Table 3 Factor fE
ON-period c. d. f.
hour in %

10

20

40

60

80

100

fE

0.5

0.65

0.7

0.8

0.9

operating time/hour under load [min] x 100

60

Table 4 Factor f T
Ambient temperature in
degrees Celsius (C)

10

20

30

40

50

fT

0.9

1.2

1.5

1.9
D

Die cutters
Die-casting machines
Drawing benches
Drop-down stage platforms for theatres
Drying furnaces
Dunging installations

Electrical generators
Exhaust installations for greenhouses

At ambient temperatures of < -15 C, please consult us


before taking further action.
Table 5 Factor fL
fL
1
1.15

10 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

150
1.28
1.2

(Automatic) galvanization machines


Agitators for materials with consistent density
and/or viscosity
Agitators for materials with inconsistent density
and/or viscosity
Auxiliary ship engines

Daily operating time up to

Table 7 coordinates the driven machines with the modes of


operation.

Service position
B3, V5, V5II
B8, B3I, B6

160
1.3
1.3

of the working machine to the


operation modes

3h/day

ON-period c. d. f. [%] =

125
1.25
1.25

Table 7
>> Assignment

Starting frequency per hour


up to 5 start-ups
up to 10 start-ups
up to 60 start-ups
up to 120 start-ups
> 120 start-ups

100
1.2
1.2

for lubrication with mineral oils (for synthetic oils, fS = 1)

Table 1 Factor fB
Mode of operation of driven
machine
I
II
III

S 40-160
50
63
80
1.26 1.28 1.28
1.18
1.2
1.2

SST 97-150
Size
97
118
n1 500 1/min 1.28 1.28
1.2
1.2
n1 < 500 1/min

For gearbox motors, the total operation factor


is calculated as follows:
fB tot = fB x fH x fE x f T x fL x fS f V
The total operation factor calculated for each individual case
of operation may not exceed the permissible output factor f V.
For all gearbox motors, the permissible output factor f V is
indicated in the output speed output overviews.

40
1.26
1.18

I
I

II
III
III
I
II
III
I
III
II
III
III
II
II
II
II
II
I
I

Introduction

Fan
>> Centrifugal fan (exhausters)
>> Axial fan
>> Mine fan
>> Turbo fans
Feed actuators for tool machines, medical devices
and other technical devices
Feed channels
Fish-washing machines

I
II
III
I

Gangway actuators for ships


Gearwheel pumps

II
I

Hammer mills

III

Impregnation installations
Infrared installations

Lifts
>> Lightweight lifts (dumbwaiters)
>> Passenger lifts
>> Heavy-duty lifts
Lifting platforms
Load-bearing cableways
Loading fixtures
>> pulsing
>> oscillating

Main actuators for tool machines


Membrane pumps for the porcelain industry
Mixing machines
>> Concrete mixing machines
>> Mixing machines for materials with
consistent density and/or viscosity
>> Mixing machines for materials with
inconsistent density and/or viscosity

I
I
II

Tape-winding machines
Textile machines
Tin-can washing machines
Transformer control
Traveling-grate actuators for ovens
Turbo fans
Typesetting machines for printing houses

II
II
I
I
II
I
II

Vibrating machines

III

Washing machines
Weapons installations, shooter actuators
Wood-processing machines

I
II
II

I
I

I
II
III
II
II
II
III
II
II
II
I
II

Packaging machines
Pan grinders
Paper machines
Pegtop compressors
Plunger pumps
>> 1- and 2-cylinder
>> 3-cylinder and larger
Pressing devices

II
III
II

Revolving stages for the theatre


Rolling-mill and factory/kiln machines
Rotating mechanisms for cranes
Rubber kneaders
Rubber mixers
Rubber supercalenders

II
III
II
III
II
I

Salt-melting installations
Slat conveyors
Stone crushers
Strainers

I
I
III
III

I
III
II
I

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 11

Introduction

>> Selection

example

Actual:
Actuator machine
Working machine
>> Characteristics

>> Determination

Electric motor S1 with relative


stall torque MK/M = 2
Screw conveyor
even, nearly impact-free,
small masses to be accelerated
of means of operation
Ta = 126 Nm
na = 100 1/min
1 start per hour

>> Torque
>> Output speed
>> Start frequency
>> Daily duration of
operation
8 hours
>> Running time per hour 25 min
under load
>> Ambient temperature -10C to 30C
>> Rotation direction
right
Couplings
>> Actuator machine
elastic gear-ring coupling
Gearbox
>> Gearbox/gearbox (attachable design)
working machine
Lubrication
with synthetic oil
Operating position of the B3 actuator units

of the necessary output torque:

>> according to the mechanical wear


fB = 1 (according to Table 1)
fH = 1 (according to Table 2)
fS = 1 (according to Table 6)
Tmech.req. = fB x fH x fS x Ta
= 1 x 1 x 1 x 126
= 126 Nm
>> according to the thermal wear
fS = 1
fE = 0.8 (according to Table 3)
f T = 1.2 (according to Table 4)
fL = 1 (according to Table 5)
Tth.req. = fE x f T x fS x Ta
= 0.8 x 1.2 x 1 x 126
= 121 Nm
ED = 25 min x 100 = 42 %
60

>> Selection

of gearbox motor size:

selected: SKA 63.1 x 14,5 - 90L4


n2 actual = 96,6 1/min; TM = 127,6 Nm; PM = 1,5 kW
Tmech.req. = 126 Nm < TM = 127,6 Nm
Tth.req. = 121Nm < TM = 127,6 Nm
The conditions for the torque ratings were observed.

Permissible shaft loads


>>

Determination of the radial forces exerted upon the


actuator and/or the output
In the determination of the generated radial forces, the type of
transmission elements applied to the shaft end must be taken into
account by allowing for the corresponding transmission elements.
Based on experience, the following values can be assumed:

>>

Transmission element

Remark

Factor f Z

Gear wheels
Sprocket wheels
Sprocket wheels
Y-belt pulley
Flat-belt pulley

< 17 gears
< 13 gears
< 20 gears
Influence of preload force
Influence of preload force

1.1
1.4
1.2
1.7
2.5

The existing radial load on the gearbox shafts is


calculated according to the following relationship:
FR =

T x 2000
x fz
d0

FR = Equivalent radial load in N


T = Torque in Nm
d0 = Mean diameter of the applied transmission element in mm
f Z = Transmission elements factor

12 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

The radial forces indicated for these product lines rule out the simultaneous utilization of axial forces FA and apply only for unilateral loads.
These values were determined considering the least-favorable forceexertion angle a and the rotation direction in the event of exertion of
force in the centre of the shaft ends. In cases of applicable loads which
exceed the limit values indicated in the table or upon the occurrence
of combined forces, an individual re-calculation with indication of the
force-exertion angle and the rotation direction is recommended. In
these cases, we kindly request that you ask for this option. Axial forces
can absorb up to 50% of the permissible radial forces.

Introduction

S 40 80 one stage
_l
2

S 100 160
_l
2

FR1
FR1

FR2

FR2

FR2

FR2
FR1

FR1


FR 2

_l
2

_l
2

F R 2 = 0,7 F R 2

FR 2

_l
2

F R 2 = 0,7 F

SS 50 80

_l
2

SST 97 150

_l
2

FR2
FR1

FR2


_l
2

R2

FR1

FR2

FR2

FR1


FR1


FR 2

FR 2

_l
2

_l
2

_l
2

_l
2

F R 2 = 0,7 F R 2

SS 100 250

FR1

FR2

FR1

FR2

_l
2

_l
2

For gear types S 40 80 one stage, S 100 160, SS 50 80 and SST 97 150 the following applies: FR2 = 0,7 x FR2
The values for the radial loads are documented in the referring catalog chapters.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 13

>> MODUL AR UNIT S AND SPECIAL SOLU TIONS


GFC worm gear sets consist of case-hardened and ground worm shafts
combined with worm wheels made of high-quality, wear-resistant
centrifugally cast or continuous cast bronze. Worm gear sets are
characterised by shock-resistant, vibration-absorbing and low-noise
gear teeth and provide large transmission ratios within a
single stage. Self-locking at standstill is possible. We produce
worm gear sets in standardised type ranges or according to
the specifications of our customers. Sophisticated and
individual solutions are provided by using modern and
high-precision gear cutting machines and by continuously
improving our technologies.

GFC worm gear sets with high efficiency and long service lifetime meet even
the most extreme requirements in mechanical engineering.

Worm wheel sets

Worm wheel sets


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e 40 8 0

Design properties of
GFC worm wheel sets:

>> Requirements

for the flawless function


of GFC worm wheel sets:

>> worm shaft made of 16MnCrS5, case-hardened and ground


>> splining according to DIN 3976, clockwise-ascending,
(quality according to DIN 3974: worm shaft 6,
worm wheel 7, others by request)

>> correct tooth-bearing setting


>> corresponding storage
>> sufficient lubrication
>> running-in has already been performed

For non-run-in worm shafts and worm wheels of the same type,
we warrant full exchangeability. The only exceptions to this rule
are worm wheel sets with a narrowed backlash. Such wheel sets
are adjusted to the actual dimension of the housing-centre-pointdistance and labeled in pairs.

The worm sets are operable in both rotation directions. Please


enquire as to wheel sets with counterclockwise-ascending splining
and custom splining.

Worm wheel sets 40 80


0,1

AB

s
Rz16

ground
Rz3,2

R4

30

30

DIN 332-A4x8,5
x

60

DIN 332-A4x8,5

60

R4

B
f

y
2

A
y*

z (according to customer requirement)


Rz63

Rz16

Rz3,2

*measure for further processing

case-hardened

up to module 2,5
module 3,15 4

a = 50

h (540 HV 0,5)= 0,5 +0,2 (680+40) HV10


h (540 HV 0,5)= 0,8 +0,3 (58 +2) HRC

a = 40, 63, 80
characteristic groove
(cutter support)

characteristic groove
(cutter support)

C
F

E 1

B
A

>>

16 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm wheel sets


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e 40 8 0

Shaft-centre
distances
a

Transmission ratio
i Ist

Worm shaft
v

Worm wheel
y

recommended

40*1

50

63

80

26.4
21.12
18.125
22
18.4
31.5
26.4
21.12
24.9
19
39.8
31.5
26.4
31.2
24.9
22
19
48
39.8
31.5
39.5
31.2
24.9

22
21
19
16
16
32
29
27
20
18
41
37
32
25
23
23
21
50
45
40
32
29
26

17
13.5
12
17
14
20
17
13.5
19
14
25
20
17
23.5
19
17
14
30
25
20
30
23.5
19

23
23
23
23
23
26
26
26
26
26
28
28
28
28
28
28
28
34
34
34
34
34
34

62
62
62
62
62
83
83
83
83
83
101
101
101
101
101
101
101
134
134
134
134
134
134

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
5
5
5

170
170
170
170
170
180
180
180
180
180
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
240
240
240
240
240
240

19
19
19
19
19
24
21
18
18
14
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
27.5
32.5
32.5
32.5
32.5
32.5
32.5

40
40
40
40
40
55
55
55
55
55
62
62
62
62
62
62
62
80
80
80
80
80
80

E1

73
73
73
73
73
-

47
47
47
47
47
68
68
68
68
68
68
68
90
90
90
90
90
90

-0.05

Js9

+0.2

9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
13.5
16
16
16
16
16
16

8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
43.3
57.4
57.4
57.4
57.4
57.4
66.4
66.4
66.4
66.4
66.4
66.4
66.4
84.4
84.4
84.4
84.4
84.4
84.4

-0.05

value

7.25-14.5-29
9.75-19.5-39
12.75-25.5-51
60
79
4.83-7.25-14.5-29
9.5-19-38
12.5-25-50*1
62
83
4.83-7.25-14.5-29
9.75-19.5-39
12.75-25.5-51
61
82
106*1
109
5-7.5-15-30
10-20-40
13.25-26.5-53
62
82
110

B
-0.10

63.6
66.8
67.55
63
65.6
81
83.6
86.88
81.35
86
102
107
109.6
102.8
107.4
109
112
132
136
141
130.5
136.8
141.4

18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
18.5
35
35
35
35
35
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
32
32
32
32
32
32

H7

*1 Special toothing GFC 29343


Dimensions in mm / all rights reserved

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 17

Worm wheel sets


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e 100 3 15

Worm wheel sets 100 315

0,1

AB

s
Rz16

ground
Rz3,2

R4

f
A
y*

DIN 332-A4x8,5

60

DIN 332-A4x8,5

60

R4
B

y
2

Rz 63

Rz16

z (according customer requirement)

case-hardened

characteristic groove
(cutter support)

up to module 2,5

h (540 HV 0,5) = 0,5+ 0,2 (680+40) HV10

module 3,15 10

h (540 HV 0,5) = 0,8+ 0,3 (58+2) HRC

module 12,5 16

h (540 HV 0,5) = 1,2+ 0,3 (58+2) HRC

b1
b2

a = 100

a = 125 315

d3

30

d5

d2

d1

dA

30

d4

Assembly drawing

Hexagon nut

Worm gear rim

Fitting bolt and washer


Hub

Secure the screw connection with a suitable glue.

18 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Rz 3,2

*measure for further processing

Worm wheel sets


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e 10 0 3 1 5

Shaft-centre
distances
a

Transmission ratio
iIst

Worm shaft
v

Worm wheel
y

d1

b1

b2

H7

-0,1

-0,05

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
60
30
30
30
60
30
60
30
30
30
60
60
60
30
30
30
60
60
60
60
30
30

135
145
120
135
145
145
170
185
150
170
185
185
220
240
195
220
240
240
275
300
250
275
300
320
350
375
320
350
375
390
445
475
390
390
475
475

32
27
40
32
27
27
40
32
50
40
32
32
50
40
64
50
40
40
64
50
76
50
40
40
76
64
90
76
60
60
90
76
112
90
76
76

16
13.5
20
16
13.5
13.5
20
16
25
20
16
16
25
20
32
25
20
20
32
25
38
25
20
20
38
32
45
38
30
30
45
38
56
45
38
38

d2

d3

115
125
105
115
125
125
150
165
130
150
165
165
195
215
170
195
215
215
245
270
220
245
270
290
320
345
290
320
345
360
405
435
350
350
435
435

10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
12.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
16.8
20.8
20.8
20.8
20.8
20.8
20.8

d4

90
100
80
90
100
100
125
140
105
125
140
140
165
185
140
165
185
185
212
231
186
212
231
256
286
310
256
286
310
327
350
380
295
295
380
380

8
8
12
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
12
12
16
14
16
16
14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
20
23
23
23
23
23
23

d5

dA

d6

172
176
165
165
170.5
176.8
215
222
205.9
206.5
215
220.5
275.9
285
264
265
276.4
285
344
355.9
335
330
345
356.4
435
444
425.5
406.9
430
444
555.5
565
538
514
536.9
560

139
149
130
139
149
149
176
189
156
176
189
189
225
245
200
225
245
245
278
306
255
278
306
323
353
378
323
353
378
393
451
481
396
396
481
481

recom.
value

100

125

160

200

250

315

10-20-40
13-26-52
5-7.5-15-30
63
82
107
10-20-40
13-26-52
7.25-14.5-29
62
83
107
10-20-40
13.5-27-54
5-7.5-15-30
63
84
111
10-20-40
13.25-26.5-53
7.5-15-30
63
83
110
10-20-40
13-26-52
7.75-15.5-31
61
83
108
10.25-20.5-41
13.25-26.5-53
15-30
60
82
109

48
39.8
60
47.5
39.5
31.2
60
48
75.6
59.3
47.5
39.5
75.6
60
96
75
59.3
47.5
96
75.6
115
95
75
59.3
115
96
137
124.6
95
75
137
115
172
156
124.6
95

56
51
65
39
36
33
65
63
80
49
45
42
90
74
98
63
57
52
112
102
122
82
82
82
135
125
150
105
100
100
185
165
210
160
125
125

29
25
37
36
30
23
37
29
47
44
35
30
47
37
60
56
44
35
60
47
70
72
56
44
70
60
81
96
72
56
81
70
101
120
96
72

49
49
49
49
49
49
54
54
54
54
54
54
65
65
65
65
65
65
77
77
77
77
77
77
84
84
84
84
84
84
100
100
100
100
100
100

150
150
150
150
150
150
185
185
185
185
185
185
230
230
230
230
230
230
280
280
280
280
280
280
350
350
350
350
350
350
420
420
420
420
420
420

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

380
380
380
380
380
380
420
420
420
420
420
420
530
530
530
530
530
530
630
630
630
630
630
630
800
800
800
800
800
800
960
960
960
960
960
960

Indications regarding centre distances up to 500 mm on request


*1 dowel screw DIN 610

*1

-0,2

133
143
123
133
143
143
168
183
148
168
183
183
215
235
190
215
235
235
271
296
246
271
296
316
346
371
316
346
371
386
438
468
383
383
468
468

Dimensions in mm / All rights reserved.

To ensure the quickest possible and error-free handling of your order, we request
from you the following complete specifications as to the following systematics:

Worm shaft 125 x 7,5 420 v


Size
Actual transmission ratio
Length z of the worm shafts
Rough-turned

Worm wheel 200 x 7,5


Size
Actual transmission ratio

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 19

>> COS T- EFFICIENT SOLU TIONS FOR HIGHES T


DEM ANDS
GFC worm gear units have excellent characteristics such as low-noise
and shock-absorbing torque transmission. The hardened and ground
tooth flanks of the worm shaft as well as the high-quality bronze of
the worm wheel ensure low wear and a long
lifetime due to the high production quality. The
simple but nevertheless efficient design offers
substantial advantages in terms of space compared to other gear types.

GFC special worm gear units with overload protection under extreme loads
in construction machinery worldwide.

Worm gear units

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S 40.1 8 0.1

Type SM

Type SK

Type SV

Gear motor unit

Drive-flange-coupling

Input-solid shaft

Output

SMA

SKA

*1)

SVA

hollow shaft

H *1)

SMAF

SKAF

SVAF

hollow shaft and flange

SMAS

SKAS

*1)

SVAS

hollow shaft with


shrink-on shaft

H *1)

SMAFS

SKAFS

SVAFS

hollow shaft, flange,


shrink-on shaft

SMAD

SKAD

SVAD

*1)

hollow shaft and


torque converter bearing

H *1)

SMV

SKV

SVV

solid shaft

SMVF

22 / Product Catalog 2012

SKVF

SVVF

*1)

solid shaft and flange

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


*1) H If cover required, please add code letter, e. g. SMAH

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S 1 00. 1 16 0.1

Type SK

Type SP

Type SV

Input flange and coupling

Input flange and borrow

Input-solid shaft

Output

S...A

SKA

SPA

SVA

H*

hollow shaft

S...AF
H*

SKAF

SPAF

SVAF

hollow shaft and flange

S...AS

SKAS

SPAS

SVAS

hollow shaft with


shrink-on disk

S...AFS

SKAFS

SPAFS

SVAFS

hollow shaft. flange.


shrink-on disk

S...AD

SKAD

SPAD

SVAD

hollow shaft and


torque converter bearing
H*
S...V

SKV

SPV

SVV

solid shaft

S...VF

SKVF
For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.
*1) H If cover required, please add code letter, e. g. SMAH

SPVF

SVVF

solid shaft and flange

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 23

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S 40.1 8 0.1

Service position
Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling
B3

B8

D
270-a
A

90-a

270-a

0-a

180-a
0-a

180-a

270-a

90-a

A
270-a

B3I

B6 (on request)

0-a

270-a
90-a

270-a

D
B
180-a
A

B
C
E
180-a
B

90-a

270-a

270-a

A
0-a

V5

V5II

180-a
B

270-a

270-a

90-a

90-a

D
0-a

270-a

Side A; B = Mounting side for the:

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

Side A; B; C; D; E

= Mounting side for the gearbox

Position of terminal box:

>> 0; 90; 180; 270

Cable insertion at

>> a
>> b ... towards the ventilation hood on the motor
>> c ... across from a

0-a

270-a

180-a

Shaft end on the output drive


Flange on the output drive
Torque support on the output drive
Cover hood on the output drive
Shrink disc on the output drive

b
c

Standard:

>> 270-a (shaft end, flange etc. at B)


>> 270-c (shaft end, flange etc. at A)

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

24 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S 1 00. 1 16 0.1
S 200.1 3 1 5 . 1

Service position
Position of ventilation and oil filling. terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling

Ventilation and oil filling with level indicator

B3

Checking oil level

Oil draining

B8

B3I

B6 (on request)

V5

V5II

Side A; B = Mounting side for the:

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

Side A; B; C; D; E

= Mounting side for the gearbox

Position of terminal box:

>> 0; 90; 180; 270

Cable insertion at

>> a
>> b ... towards the ventilation hood on the motor
>> c ... across from a

Shaft end on the output drive


Flange on the output drive
Torque support on the output drive
Cover hood on the output drive
Shrink disc on the output drive

b
c

Standard:

>> 270-a (shaft end, flange etc. at B)


>> 270-c (shaft end, flange etc. at A)

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

GFC Product Catalog 2012/ 25

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e SV 40.1 8 0.1

SVA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)

K 2*

s 5 x t4

45

l8

f2

k1

f2

f3

v4

b3

d1

H 0*

a2

e2

60

b2

v1

b2

HW

e3

H1 *

u4

u1

s*2 x t 2
side B

l14

side A

side A

side B

l1

position of the tapped holes s 2


in the housing
d1

l
l0

figure 1

s
 l/3

45

e2

HW

HW

+0,1
+0,05

l11

figure 2s
position of the flange bore-holes

0,5

s2

HW

l10

HW

+0,1
+0,05

figure 3

30

groove for circlip DIN 472

SVAF
Slip-on model with flange
at the output

SVV
Type with solid shaft
at the output

SVVF
Type with solid shaft and
flange at the output

l2

l9

l7

l3

DM

DM

l4

l5

d3

d3

d3

l3

l3

l3
m

u2

L2

L2

s*

cover

c
h 12

v2

u2

fixed with stud ball and nut

d3
k2
position of the flange bore-holes s

side C

m1

k1
m4

s*2 x t 2

m1

n2

h7

n1
h0

e2

figure 4

n1

h1

45

side E

h6

figure 3

n2

s
e

side D

m1

m1
m4

26 / Product Catalog 2012

s*2 x t 2

n2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Centring DIN332 Design D / * strength class for screws 10.9

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e SV 40.1 8 0. 1

Size

Drive
Shaft end

d1

k6

40

18

50

18

63

18

80

18

l1
l14
19
82
19
89
19
101
19
120

l10
l11
1.5
20
1.5
20
1.5
20
1.5
20

u4/v4

b3

s5
t4
M6
10
M6
13
M6
13
M6
13

e3

6/20.5

62

6 /20.5

85

3.5

100

6/20.5

85

100

6/20.5

85

100

Size

f3

Output

HWH7
20
22
25
30
30
35
40
45

40
50
63
80

Hollow shaft
l
u1 /v1
l0
Js9
6/22.8
90
6/24.8
75
8/28.3
140
8/33.3
122
8/33.3
145
10/38.3
127
12/43.3
180
14/48.8
156

Size

Y
A
2
30
4
15
4
15
4
15

d3

l3

k6

20

36

25

50

30

60

35

70

Solid shaft
l2
l4
L2
l5
81.0
32
84.0
2
120.0
40
123.5
7
132.5
50
136.0
7
160.0
56
163.5
7

Output
Flange

bjs6

40

120

80

50

160 110

63

200 130

80

200 130

e
Figure
100
4
130
3
165
3
165
3

h12

u2/v2
DM
6/22.5
DM6
8/28
DM10
8/33
DM10
12/38
DM12

l7
99
140
157
190

Gear

b2

js6

63

15.0 8 3.0

6.6

72

90

17.5 10 3.5

9.0

95

97

22.5 12 3.5 11.0

110

120 27.5 12 3.5 11.0

130

a2
e2
105
85
132
115
152
130
190
165

f2
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5

h0-0.5
H0
49.5
51.5
70.0
72.5
80.0
82.5
100.0
102.5

h1-0.5
H1
71.5
73.5
100.0
102.5
115.0
117.5
145.0
147.5

h6

h7 k1-0.2

11

75 58.5

35 80 72.0
38 100 84.0
40 130 103.0

k 2-0.5
K2
56.0
58.0
70.0
72.5
77.5
80.0
96.0
98.5

l8
m 4 n2
l9 m1 n1
75 48
80
15
15
125 100 80
78
21
21
125 125 95
81
21
21
161 155 115
101 24 22

s2

t 2 Figure

M6 10

M8 14

M8 14

M10 16

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 27

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S K 40.1 8 0.1

SKA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)

k3
K 2*

45

k1

l8

f2

f2

e1

b1

H1 *

b2

s1

b2

v1

H 0*

e2

60

a2

f4

HW

v3

A1

f1
a3

u3

u1

DKM

s1

c1
s*2 x t 2

side A

side A

l
l0

 l/3

0,5

fixing possible - sides C, D,

30

figure 4

s2

HW

side

+0,1
+0,05

+0,1
+0,05

e2

HW

45

x
figure 3

HW

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

side B

HW

side B

side

groove for circlip DIN 472

side

SKAF
Slip-on model with flange
at the output

SKV
Type with solid shaft
at the output

l9

SKVF
Type with solid shaft and
flange at the output

l2

l7

l3

DM

DM

l4

l5

d3

d3

d3

l3

l3

L2

L2

s*




cover

l3

c
h 12

l
l0

fixed with stud ball and nut

 l/3

v2

HW

HW

HW

position of the flange bore-holes s

HW

u2

x
+0,1
+0,05

+0,1
+0,05

d3
k2

0,5

figure 3

side C

m1

k1
m4

m1

s*2 x t 2

n2

45

groove for circlip DIN 472

h1

45

h0

figure 3

e2

e2

side D

n1

figure 4
position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

h7

n1

h6

side E

n2
m1

m1
s*2 x t 2

n2

s2

m4

28 / Product Catalog 2012

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Centring DIN332 Form D / * strength class for screws 10.9

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S K 4 0.1 8 0. 1

Size

for

IEC-Motor

a3

DKM

u3

v3

63

80

11

12.8

71

80

14

16.3

80**

80

19

21.8

63

120

11

12.8

71

120

14

16.3

80

120

19

21.8

90

120

24

27.3

100**

120

28

31.3

71

120

14

16.3

80

120

19

21.8

90

120

24

27.3

100/112**

120

28

31.3

80

120

19

21.6

90

120

24

27.3

100/112

120

28

31.3

40

50

Flange 1

63

80

Flange 2

k3
f4

A1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

k3
f4

A1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

116
116
126
10
123
123
133
10
143
20
153
15
135
145
10
155
20
165
15
164
10
174
20
184
15

105
70
105
70
120
80
105
70
105
70
120
80
140
95
160
110
105
70
120
80
140
95
160
110
120
80
140
95
160
110

85
6.6
85
6.6
100
6.6
85
6.6
85
6.6
100
6.6
115
9
130
9
85
6.6
100
6.6
115
9
130
9
100
6.6
115
9
130
9

8
3
8
3
11
3.5
9
3
9
3
9
4
10
4
10
4
9
3
9
4
10
4
10
4
9
4
10
4
10
4

126
10
126
10

120
80
120
80

100
6.6
100
6.6

11
3.5
11
3.5

123
123
143
5
143
5

120
80
140
95
160
110
160
110

100
6.6
115
9
130
9
130
9

9
4
9
4
10
4
10
4

135
155
5
155
5

140
95
160
110
160
110

115
9
130
9
130
9

9
4
10
4
10
4

174
5
174
5

160
110
160
110

130
9
130
9

10
4
10
4

Size

Output
Hollow shaft

HWH7

u1Js9/v 1

20
22
25
30
30
35
40
45

6/22.8
6/24.8
8/28.3
8/33.3
8/33.3
10/38.3
12/43.3
14/48.8

40
50
63
80

Size

l
l0
90
75
140
122
145
127
180
156

Y
A
2
30
4
15
4
15
4
15

d3k6

l3

20

36

25

50

30

60

35

70

Output
Flange
A

bjs6

40

120 80

50

160 110

63

200 130

80

200 130

e
Figure
100
4
130
3
165
3
165
3

h12 m

Solid shaft
l4
l5
32
2
40
7
50
7
56
7

l2
L2
81.0
84.0
120.0
123.5
132.5
136.0
160.0
163.5

u2/v2
DM
6/22.5
DM6
8/28
DM10
8/33
DM10
12/38
DM12

l7
99
140
157
190

Gear

63 15.0 8 3.0
90 17.5 10 3.5
97 22.5 12 3.5
120 27.5 12 3.5

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885


** only for the operation positions B3I

a2
e2
105
6.6 72
85
132
9.0 95
115
152
11.0 110
130
190
11.0 130
165
s

b2js6

f2
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5

h0-0.5
H0
49.5
51.5
70.0
72.5
80.0
82.5
100.0
102.5

h1-0.5
H1
71.5
73.5
100.0
102.5
115.0
117.5
145.0
147.5

k 2-0.5
K2
56.0
75 58.5
58.0
70.0
80 72.0
72.5
77.5
100 84.0
80.0
96.0
130 103.0
98.5

h6 h7 k1-0.2
11
35
38
40

l8
l9
80
52
125
78
125
81
161
101

m4
m1
75
15
100
21
125
21
155
24

n2
n1
48
15
80
21
95
21
115
22

s2

t 2 Figure

M6 10

M8 14

M8 14

M10 16

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 29

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S M 40.1 8 0.1

SMA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)

k1

f2

u1


a3

H1 *

f2

l8

g1

 k0
K 2*

H 0*

b2

e2

60

a2

b2

v1

HW

s*2 x t 2
side A

side B

l
l0

s2

 l/3

0,5

HW

HW

HW

SMAF
Slip-on model with flange
at the output

SMV
Type with solid shaft
at the output

l9

groove for circlip DIN 472

l7

l3

DM


l4

SMVF
Type with solid shaft and
flange at the output

l2

HW

figure 2

+0,1
+0,05

e2

30

45


figure 1

+0,1
+0,05

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

DM
l5

l3

d3

d3

d3

l3

l3

m
L2

s*

L2

cover

c
h 12

fixed with stud ball and nut

u2

v2

k2

d3

side C

m1

k1
m4

s*2 x t 2

m1

n2

h7

n1
h0

side D

s
figure 4

30 / Product Catalog 2012

n1

e2

figure 3

45

h1

side E
position of the flange bore-holes

h6

position of the flange bore-holes s

n2
m1

m1
m4

s*2 x t 2

s*2 x t 2

n2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Centring DIN332 Form D / * strength class for screws 10.9

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e SM 40. 1 8 0. 1

Size
a

for IEC-Motor

40

50

63

80

ko
239
258
291
253
266
298
317
339
278
310
329
351
360
385
329
348
370
379
404
439

a3
80
80
80
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

63
71
80**
63
71
80
90 S
90 L
71
80
90 S
90 L
100 L
100 LX
80
90 S
90 L
100 L
100 LX
112 M

k
39.5
38.5
44
26.5
32.5
38
44
44
32.5
38
44
44
34
36
38
44
44
34
36
36

g
109
124
139
109
124
139
157
157
124
139
157
157
177
196
139
157
157
177
196
196

g1
98.5
104
112
99
104
112
120
120
104
112
120
120
128
137
112
120
120
128
137
137

Size

x
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92

Output
Hollow shaft

a
40
50
63
80

HWH7

u1Js9/v 1

20
22
25
30
30
35
40
45

6/22.8
6/24.8
8/28.3
8/33.3
8/33.3
10/38.3
12/43.3
14/48.8

Size

l
l0
90
75
140
122
145
127
180
156

Y
A
2
30
4
15
4
15
4
15

d3

k6

Solid shaft
l2
l4
L2
l5
81.0
32
84.0
2
120.0
40
123.5
7
132.5
50
136.0
7
160.0
56
163.5
7

l3

20

36

25

50

30

60

35

70

Output
Flange
A

bjs6

40

120 80

50

160 110

63

200 130

80

200 130

e
Figure
100
4
130
3
165
3
165
3

h12

63 15.0

u2/v2
DM
6/22.5
DM6
8/28
DM10
8/33
DM10
12/38
DM12

l7
99
140
157
190

Gear

b2js6

3.0 6.6

72

90 17.5 10

3.5 9.0

95

97 22.5 12

3.5 11.0 110

120 27.5 12

3.5 11.0 130

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885


** only for the operation positions B3I

a2
e2
105
85
132
115
152
130
190
165

f2
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5

h0-0.5
H0
49.5
51.5
70.0
72.5
80.0
82.5
100.0
102.5

h1-0.5
H1
71.5
73.5
100.0
102.5
115.0
117.5
145.0
147.5

h6

h7

k1-0.2

11

75

58.5

35

80

72.0

38 100 84.0
40 130 103.0

k 2-0.5 l8
K 2 l9
56.0 80
58.0 52
70.0 125
72.5 78
77.5 125
80.0 81
96.0 161
98.5 101

m4
m1
75
15
100
21
125
21
155
24

n2
n1
48
15
80
21
95
21
115
22

s2

t 2 Figure

M6

10

M8

14

M8

14

M10 16

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 31

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S 40.1 8 0.1

Torque converter bearings

z
d6
45 

30 

d4

Fig. 1

l1

l2

t1

t4

30 

Fig. 2

t2

d3

d5

t3

d1
d2

Size
a
40
50
63
80

Z0.2 d1H11
110
130
160
200

72
95
110
130

d2

d3

d4F8

d5

d6+0.2 Fig.

100
136
153
193

60
85
100
120

12
12
12
12

40
40
40
50

6.6
9.0
9.0
11.0

2
1
1
1

l1

l2

t1

t2

t3

t4

Hexagonal
bolt 1)

85
115
130
165

32
32
32
32

36
36
36
36

12
14
14
14

4
4
4
4

2
2
3
3

12
11.5
11.5
11.5

10
9.5
9.5
9.5

4 x M6 x 20
4 x M8 x 25
6 x M8 x 25
6 x M10 x 25

SMAS/SVAS/SKAS
Slip-on model with shrink-on disk

l12 + l13

 n4
m 10

d 7H7
m6

a2

b2

 d8

m7

d 6H7

l13

d9

l12

l8

d 6h6

f2

d 7h6

push-in shaft

f2

m8

Size

m9

Hollow shaft

Cap

a2

b2js6

f2

l8

d6

d7

d9f7

m6

m7

m8

m9

m10

l12

l13

40
50
63
80

105
132
152
190

72
75
110
130

2.5
3.0
3.5
3.5

80
125
125
161

20
35
35
40

22
36
36
45

30
44
44
50

20
40
40
45

22
25
25
28

25
45
45
50

28
30
30
35

23.0
27.5
27.5
30.0

68.0
100.0
97.5
118.0

45.0
70.0
72.5
90.0

32 / Product Catalog 2012

d8

70
86
86
93

n4

77
110
110
130

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Dimensions in mm / 1) strength class for screws 8.8

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S 40. 1 8 0. 1

Gear with 2nd input shaft

k2

s 5 x t4

k1
f3

e3

d2

b3

u5

d2

d2

45

l21

v5

l20

centring

centring

l6

l6

l18

l17

Size
a

d2k6

40
50
63
80

14
18
18
18

centring
DIN 332
A2.5 x 5.3
A2.5 x 5.3
A2.5 x 5.3
A4 x 8.5

l6

l17

l18

l19

l20

l21

u5/v5

b3H7

k1

k2

f3

e3

e4

s5

t4

24
28
28
28

85
98
110
129

85
106
110
136

105
111
136

1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5

20
25
25
25

5/16
6/20.5
6/20.5
6/20.5

85
85
85

58.5
72
84
103

56
70
77.5
96

3.5
4
4

53
100
100
100

65
85
100

M6
M6
M6
M6

10
13
13
13

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 33

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e SV 100.1 160. 1

SVA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
side D

side E
l14
k5
side A

l14
k1
m2

side B

m1

s 2x

m1

t 2*

s 3 x t 3*

e2

DM

a = 100
l1

h2

u1

h0

HW

input shaft ends

u2

h1

d1

b3

v1
l1

v2
l10

l1

l11

m1

l1
l
l8

f2

f2

f3

m2
k4

a =125 , 160

L2

s 3 x t 3*
a2

l0

15

n2

+0,1
+0,05

d2

HW

b2

0,5

HW

n1

HW

f2

+0,1

y1
HW +0,05
d2

h6

l8

l/3

15

h7

b2

b2

h5 h8

groove for circlip DIN 472

n1

s 3 x t 3*

k2

l14

side A

side B

m1

30

s2 *

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

s 2*

22,5

45

a =100

a =125, 160

SVAF
Slip-on model with flange

SVVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

l9

position of the flange bore-holes s

l3

s*

DM

a = 100 , 125

d3

e
b

45

cover

fixed with stud bolt and nu

34 / Product Catalog 2012

s*

45

s*

a = 160
fixed with stud bolt and nut

c
m
h 12

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Centring DIN332 Form D / * strength class for screws 10.9

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e SV 100.1 1 6 0. 1

SVV
Type with solid shaft at the output

SVAS
Type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output

l2
l3
l5
d6
d3

d5

d3

l4

l3

l3

DM

DM

l12
Nut fr Sicherungsring nach DIN 472

L2

l13

n4

L2


push-in shaft

d 7 h6



d 7 H7




d 8 H7

hollow shaft-HWS

m8

m7

m6

d 8 h6




m9

l 16

Size
b3
f3
120
6.5
120
6.5

a
100
125
160

d1k6
30
38
42

2nd shaft end at the input


l10
l1
l11
5
50
40
5
58
50
4
72
63

190
221
276

Size

Output
Hollow shaft

a
100
125
160

u2/v2
DM
8/33
DM 10
10/41
DM 12
12/45
DM 16

l14

HWH7/d2

u1Js9/v 1

50/60/65
60/70/80
70/80/-

14/53.8
18/64.4
18/64.4
20/74.9
20/74.9
22/85.4

Size

l
l0
218
188
250
220
270
245

Solid shaft
y
6
6
4

y1
A
3.5
15
3
30
-

d3
45
k6
60
m6
70
m6

l3
l2
90
199
120
245
140
275

l4
l5
80
199
5
100
245
10
125
284
7.5
L2

Hollow shaft-HWS
u2/v2
d5
l7
DM
l12
110
14/48.5
228
141
DM16
18/64.4
145
280
DM20
165
170
20/74.5
325
184
DM20

Output

d7
d8
50
52
65
66
75
80

l13
l16
109
250
125
290
135
319

m6
m7
45
38
62
40
40
45

Cap-HWS
m8
m9
50
43
65
45
40
55

d6

n4

125

150

165

175

216

201

s2
t2

s3
t3

Gear

Flange
a
100
125
160

h12

c
m

f
s

180
14
4
215 138
js6
26.5 14
250
20
5
350
300 160
h6
36.5 18
18
5
350
400 180
450
37 17.5
h6
250

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885


HWS = Slip-on model with shrink-on disk

a2
b2js6

e2
f2

h0-0.5
h1-0.5

h2
h5

h6
h7

240
180
288
230
365
300

215
4
265
4
330
5

120
180
142
217
177
280

311
69
370
75
472
108

35
230
46
266
50
360

h8
46
62
62

k1
k2

k 4 l8 m1
n2
n1
k 5 l9 m2
n4

125 202
125 138
150 237
150 170
191 288
191 206

195 30
120 210
207 40
137 250
250 54
150 310

30
30
35

110 M12 M12


150 20 20
125 M12 M16
175 20 28
145 M16 M16
201 28 28

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 35

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S K 100.1 160.1

SKA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
side E

2nd shaft end at the input

k1
m2
m1

s 2x

m1

u2

t 2*

s 3 x t 3*

DKM

X
a

e1

e2

u1

h0
h2

a = 100
l1

f1

HW

X
DM

v1

b1
A1

h1

d1

b3

c1

v2

f4

s1

v
l11

45

m1

l1

m1

f3

m2

l14

s 3 x t 3*
k3

k2

l
l8

f2

groove for circlip DIN 472

h5 h8

L2

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

b2

y1

l8

h6

HW

+0,1
+0,05

d2

HW

f2

a = 125, 160

0,5

22,5

45

+0,1

HW

HW +0,05
d2

a = 100

s 3 x t 3*

h7

15

s2 *

30

15

l /3

f2

b2

l0
y

side A

side B

k4

a = 125, 160

a2

l10

s 2*

side B

DKM

side A

side D
l14
k5

n1

n1

SKAF
Slip-on model with flange

b2

n2

SKVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output

l9

l7

l9
position of the flange bore-holes s

l3

d3

45

e
b

s*

DM

a = 100, 125

s*

45

s*

a = 160

c
m

fixed with stud bolt and nu

cover

h 12

fixed with stud bolt and nut

SKV
Type with solid shaft at the output

SKAS
Type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output

l2
l3

d6
d3

d5

l5

d3

l4

l3

l3

DM

l12


L2

hollow shaft-HWS






36 / Product Catalog 2012

push-in shaft

m7

m6

d 7 h6

d 7 H7

l13

n4

d 8 H7

L2

d 8 h6

DM

m8

m9

l 16
For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.
Centring DIN332 Form D / * strength class for screws 10.9

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S K 1 00.1 16 0.1

Size
a

100

125

IEC-Motor

Flange

Size

Shaft end

DKM

90

24x50

24

27.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

160

42x110

42

12

45.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

160

42x110

42

12

45.3

180

48x110

48

14

51.8

160

k3
f4

A1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

256
2
256
2
256
2
265
2
265
2
276
10
281
14
299
13
299
13
309
20
324
27.5
351
40.5
340
0
340
0
360
20
365
25
392
40.5
392
40.5

200
130
200
130
200
130
250
180
250
180
250
180
300
230
250
180
250
180
250
180
300
230
350
250
250
180
250
180
250
180
300
230
350
250
350
250

165
11
165
11
165
11
215
13.5
215
13.5
215
13.5
265
M12
215
13.5
215
13.5
215
13.5
265
M12
300
M16
215
13.5
215
13.5
215
13.5
265
M12
300
M16
300
M16

13
5
13
5
13
5
16
6
16
6
36
5
15
5
16
7
16
7
26
5
16
7
20
7
16
7
16
7
36
5
16
7
20
7
20
7

Size

100
125
160

HWH7/d2 u1Js9/v 1
50/60/65
60/70/80
70/80/-

14/53.8
18/64.4
18/64.4
20/74.9
20/74.9
22/85.4

Size

Size
b3
f3
120
6.5
120
6.5

a
100
125
160

2nd shaft end at the input


l10
u2/v2
d1k6
l1
l14
l11
DM
8/33
5
190
30
50
DM10
40
5
10/41
38
58
221
50
DM12
12/45
4
276
42
72
DM16
63

Output
Hollow shaft

l
l0
218
188
250
220
270
245

Solid shaft
y
6
6
4

y1
A
3.5
15
3
30
-

d3
45
k6
60
m6
70
m6

l3
l2
90
199
120
245
140
275

L2
199
245
284

l4
l5
80
5
100
10
125
7.5

Hollow shaft-HWS
u2/v2
l7
DM
14/48.5
228
DM16
18/64.4
280
DM20
20/74.5
325
DM20

Output
Flange
A

100

250

125

350

160

450

b
180
js6
250
h6
350
h6

h12

215

138

300

160

400

180

d5
l12
110
141
145
165
170
184

d7
d8
50
52
65
66
75
80

l13
l16
109
250
125
290
135
319

m6
m7
45
38
62
40
40
45

Cap-HWS
m8
m9
50
43
65
45
40
55

d6

n4

125

150

165

175

216

201

Gear
c
m

f
s

a2
b2

e2 h0-0.5 h2
f2 h1-0.5 h5

14
26.5
20
36.5
18
37

4
14
5
18
5
17.5

240
180
288
230
365
300

215
4
265
4
330
5

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885


HWS = Slip-on model with shrink-on disk

js6

120
180
142
217
177
280

311
69
370
75
472
108

h6
h7
35
230
46
266
50
360

h8
46
62
62

k1
k2

k4
k5

l8
l9

m1
n1
m2

n2
n4

s2
t2

s3
t3

125
125
150
150
191
191

202
138
237
170
288
206

195
120
207
137
250
150

30
210
40
250
54
310

110
150
125
175
145
201

M12
20
M12
20
M16
28

M12
20
M16
28
M16
28

30
30
35

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 37

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S P 100.1 160. 1

SPA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
side D

side E

2nd shaft end at the input

k1
m2
m1

s 2x

u2

t 2*

s 3 x t 3*
c1
f1

v2

l1

X
v1

h1

b1

d1

b3

e1

e2

PHW

DM

h2

a =100
u1

h0

HW

f4

s1

v
l10

l11

45

m1

l1

m1

f3

m2

l14

s 3 xt 3*

k3

k2
k4

a = 125, 160
position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

groove for circlip DIN 472

L2

30

s2 *

l
e

l0
a = 100

l/3

45

15

15


HW

d2

+0,1

HW

HW +0,05
d2

0,5

SPAF
Slip-on model with flange

HW

a = 125, 160

+0,1
+0,05

y1

s 2*

22,5

m1

PHW

side B

A1

side A

l14
k5

SPVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output

l9

l7
position of the flange bore-holes s

l3

e
b

d3

45

a =100 , 125

s*

45

s*

DM

s*

a =160

c
m
fixed with stud bolt and nu

cover

h 12

fixed with stud bolt and nut

SPV
Type with solid shaft at the output

SPAS
Type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output

l2
l3

d3

d3

d6

l5
d5

l4

l3

l3

DM

l12
L2

l13

n4

L2

hollow shaft-HWS

push-in shaft

d 8 h6

DM

m7

m6

d 7 h6

d 7 H7




d 8 H7

m8

m9

l 16

38 / Product
Catalog 2012

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Centring DIN332 Form D / * strength class for screws 10.9

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S P 100. 1 16 0. 1

Size
a

100

125

IEC-Motor

Flange
k3
f4

A1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

162
1
162
1
162
1
170
9
170
9
170
9
187
26
195
5
195
5
195
5
195
5
225
35
236
8
236
8
236
8
236
8

200
130
200
130
200
130
250
180
250
180
250
180
300
230
250
180
250
180
250
180
300
230
350
250
250
180
250
180
250
180
300
230

165
11
165
11
165
11
215
13.5
215
13.5
215
13.5
265
M12
215
13.5
215
13.5
215
13.5
265
M12
300
M16
215
13.5
215
13.5
215
13.5
265
M12

14
6
14
6
14
6
16
5
16
5
16
5
15
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
22
7
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5

45.3

266
38

350
250

300
M16

22
7

125

51.8

266
38

350
250

300
M16

22
7

160

Size

Shaft end

PHW

90

24x50

24

27.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

160

42x110

42

12

45.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

160

42x110

42

12

180

48x110

48

14

160

Size

100
125
160

Size
b3
f3
120
6.5
120
6.5

a
100

2nd shaft end at the input


l10
u2/v2
d1k6
l1
l14
l11
DM
8/33
5
190
30
50
DM10
40
5
10/41
38
58
221
50
DM12
12/45
4
276
42
72
DM16
63

Output
Hollow shaft

HWH7/d2 u1Js9/v 1
50/60/65
60/70/80
70/80/-

14/53.8
18/64.4
18/64.4
20/74.9
20/74.9
22/85.4

Size

l
l0
218
188
250
220
270
245

Solid shaft
y
6
6
4

y1
A
3.5
15
3
30
-

d3
45
k6
60
m6
70
m6

l3
l2
90
199
120
245
140
275

L2
199
245
284

l4
l5
80
5
100
10
125
7.5

Hollow shaft-HWS
u2/v2
l7
DM
14/48.5
228
DM16
18/64.4
280
DM20
20/74.5
325
DM20

Output
Flange

100

250

125

350

160

450

b
180
js6
250
h6
350
h6

h12

215

138

300

160

400

180

d5
l12
110
141
145
165
170
184

d7
d8
50
52
65
66
75
80

l13
l16
109
250
125
290
135
319

m6
m7
45
38
62
40
40
45

Cap-HWS
m8
m9
50
43
65
45
40
55

d6

n4

125

150

165

175

216

201

Gear
c
m

f
s

14
26.5
20
36.5
18
37

4
14
5
18
5
17.5

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885


HWS = Slip-on model with shrink-on disk

a2
e2 h0-0.5 h2
b2 js6 f2 h1-0.5 h5
240
180
288
230
365
300

215
4
265
4
330
5

120
180
142
217
177
280

311
69
370
75
472
108

h6
h7
35
230
46
266
50
360

h8
46
62
62

k1
k2

k4
k5

l8
l9

m1
n1
m2

n2
n4

s2
t2

s3
t3

125
125
150
150
191
191

202
138
237
170
288
206

195
120
207
137
250
150

30
210
40
250
54
310

110
150
125
175
145
201

M12
20
M12
20
M16
28

M12
20
M16
28
M16
28

30
30
35

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 39

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S P 100.1 160. 1/
S K 100.1 160.1
SPA/SKA with motor
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
side D

side E
2nd shaft end at the input

m2

d1
u2

t 2*

s 3 x t 3*

v2

e2

X
a

DM

h2

a = 100
l1

u1

h0

HW

v1

h1

g2

d1

b3

m1

s 2x

m1

g1

side B

k0

k1

A1

side A

k3

l14
k5

l10

l11

m1

l1

m1

f3

m2

l14

s 3 x t 3*

k2
k4

a =125, 160

groove for circlip DIN 472

15

h6

l8

+0,1
+0,05

HW

0,5

f2

d2

HW

+0,1

45

22,5

HW

HW +0,05
d2

b2
h7

30

b2

s2 *

s 3 xt 3*

a =100

s 2*

l/3

y1

h5 h8

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

f2

a2

f2

l0

15

l
l8

L2

side A

side B

n1

n1

a =125, 160

b2

n2

SPAF/SKAF
Slip-on model with flange

SPVF/SKVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

l9

l9
position of the flange bore-holes s

l3

d3

45

e
b

s*

DM

a =100 , 125

s*

45

s*

a =160

c
m

cover

fixed with stud bolt and nu

h 12

fixed with stud bolt and nut

SPV/SKV
Type with solid shaft at the output

SPAS/SKAF

Type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output

l2
l3
l5

l3

l3

L2

d6

L2


DM

l12

l13

n4


hollow shaft-HWS




m7

m6

d 7 h6

d 8 H7

d 7 H7

push-in shaft

d 8 h6

DM

d5

d3

d3

l4

m8

m9

l 16

40 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Centring DIN332 Form D / * strength class for screws 10.9

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S P 100. 1 16 0. 1 /
SK 100. 1 16 0.1
Size

IEC-Motor

Size

A1

g1

g2

ko

100L
100LX/112M2,6,8
112M4
132S2.4.6.8
132SX2/M6.8
132M4/MX6
100LX
112M
132S
132SX2/M6.8
132M4/MX6
160M/MX8
160MX2
160L
112M
132S
132M4/MX6
132M6.8
160M/MX8
160MX2
160L/180M4.L6.8
180M2
180L4

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
350
350
350
250
250
250
250
350
350
350
350
350

177
196
196
217
217
258
196
196
217
217
258
258
313
313
196
217
258
217
258
313
313
351
351

127
137
137
178
178
199
137
137
178
178
199
214
242
242
137
178
199
178
214
242
242
261
261

9
18
18
29
29
49
6
6
17
17
37
37
65
65
5
5
9
5
55
55
55
55
55

271
297
331
379
399
401
297
331
379
399
401
449
461
499
331
379
399
401
449
461
499
525
570

100

125

160

Size
a
100
125
160

b3
f3
120
6.5
120
6.5

Output
Hollow shaft

100
125
160

2nd shaft end at the input


l10
u2/v2
d1k6
l1
l14
l11
DM
5
8/33
30
50
190
40
DM10
5
10/41
38
58
221
50
DM12
4
12/45
42
72
276
63
DM16

Size

k3
Type SP Type SK
170
256
170
256
170
276
170
276
170
276
170
276
195
299
195
299
195
309
195
309
195
309
225
351
225
351
225
351
236
340
236
360
236
360
236
360
266
392
266
392
266
392
266
392
266
392

HWH7/d2 u1Js9/v 1
50/60/65
60/70/80
70/80/-

14/53.8
18/64.4
18/64.4
20/74.9
20/74.9
22/85.4

Size

l
l0
218
188
250
220
270
245

Solid shaft
y
6
6
4

y1
A
3.5
15
3
30
-

d3
45
k6
60
m6
70
m6

l3
l2
90
199
120
245
140
275

L2
199
245
284

l4
l5
80
5
100
10
125
7.5

Hollow shaft-HWS
u2/v2
l7
DM
14/48.5
228
DM16
18/64.4
280
DM20
20/74.5
325
DM20

Output
Flange

100

250

125

350

160

450

b
180
js6
250
h6
350
h6

h12

215

138

300

160

400

180

d5
l12
110
141
145
165
170
184

d7
d8
50
52
65
66
75
80

l13
l16
109
250
125
290
135
319

m6
m7
45
38
62
40
40
45

Cap-HWS
m8
m9
50
43
65
45
40
55

d6

n4

125

150

165

175

216

201

Gear
c
m

f
s

14
26.5
20
36.5
18
37

4
14
5
18
5
17.5

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885


HWS = Slip-on model with shrink-on disk

a2
e2 h0-0.5 h2
b2 js6 f2 h1-0.5 h5
240
180
288
230
365
300

215
4
265
4
330
5

120
180
142
217
177
280

311
69
370
75
472
108

h6
h7
35
230
46
266
50
360

h8
46
62
62

k1
k2

k4
k5

l8
l9

m1
n1
m2

n2
n4

s2
t2

s3
t3

125
125
150
150
191
191

202
138
237
170
288
206

195
120
207
137
250
150

30
210
40
250
54
310

110
150
125
175
145
201

M12
20
M12
20
M16
28

M12
20
M16
28
M16
28

30
30
35

GFC Product Catalog 2012/ 41

Worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S 100.1 160.1

Torque converter bearings

45

d6
Fig. 2

30

d4

30

Fig. 1

22,5

45

l1

t2

d3

l2

t1

t4

Fig. 3

d5

t3

d1
d2

Size

100
125
160

Z0.2

d1H8

d2

d3

d4H9

d5

250
310
380

180
230
300

243
294
374

170
220
290

20
20
24

70
70
80

42 / Product Catalog 2012

d6+0.25 Fig.
13.5
13.5
18

1
2
3

l1

l2

t1

t2

t3

215
265
330

56
56
90

70
70
115

16
18
20

5
5
6

3
3
3

21
19
44.5

t4

Hexagonal
bolt 1)

22 8xM12x35-DIN 933
22 8xM12x35-DIN 933
28.5 8xM16x40-DIN 912

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Dimensions in mm / 1) strength class for screws 8.8

Worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Pow er tables S 40.1 6 3 . 1

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio iactual
on use with synthetic lubricant
S 40.1
Size

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

iactual

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

40

79.00
60.00
51.00
39.00
29.00
25.50
19.50
14.50
12.75
9.75
7.25

3.16
4.17
4.90
6.41
8.62
9.80
12.82
17.24
19.61
25.64
34.48

37
50
60
72
73
50
60
65
44
55
60

0.03
0.05
0.05
0.08
0.11
0.08
0.11
0.16
0.11
0.18
0.26

44.0
48.0
56.0
58.0
60.0
68.0
71.0
74.0
79.0
81.0
84.0

64
58
78
95
105
70
85
95
60
70
70

17.72
23.33
27.45
35.90
48.28
54.90
71.79
96.55
109.80
143.59
193.10

37
44
41
58
51
37
52
49
31
44
46

0.11
0.19
0.19
0.32
0.36
0.28
0.48
0.60
0.42
0.75
1.03

64.0
58.0
63.0
68.0
72.0
77.0
81.0
83.0
85.0
88.0
90.0

52
58
78
95
105
70
85
95
60
70
70

iactual

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

50

83.00
62.00
51.00
38.00
29.00
25.50
19.00
14.50
12.75
9.50
7.25
4.83

3.01
4.03
4.90
6.58
8.62
9.80
13.16
17.24
19.61
26.32
34.48
51.76

70
110
100
135
145
90
120
131
65
120
125
120

0.05
0.01
0.09
0.16
0.21
0.13
0.23
0.32
0.17
0.41
0.54
0.76

45.0
47.0
55.0
58.0
62.0
71.0
73.0
75.0
80.0
81.0
83.0
86.0

105
130
150
190
205
135
170
190
105
150
160
140

16.87
22.58
27.45
36.84
48.28
54.90
73.68
96.55
109.80
147.37
193.10
289.86

60
95
82
115
110
74
105
97
60
90
95
87

0.20
0.37
0.35
0.62
0.74
0.53
0.98
1.17
0.79
1.54
2.09
2.84

54.0
61.0
68.0
72.0
75.0
80.0
83.0
84.0
87.0
90.0
92.0
93.0

105
130
150
190
205
135
170
190
105
150
160
140

iactual

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

63

106.00
82.00
61.00
51.00
39.00
29.00
25.50
19.50
14.50
12.75
9.75
7.25
4.83

2.36
3.05
4.01
4.90
6.41
8.62
9.80
12.82
17.24
19.61
25.64
34.48
51.76

95
145
192
180
263
255
173
260
252
155
230
235
200

0.05
0.10
0.16
0.15
0.28
0.37
0.24
0.47
0.59
0.38
0.74
0.98
1.22

44.0
45.0
52.0
60.0
63.0
62.0
73.0
75.0
77.0
83.0
84.0
87.0
89.0

145
240
175
330
390
400
290
335
360
220
300
315
280

13.21
17.07
22.95
27.45
35.90
48.28
54.90
71.79
96.55
109.80
143.59
193.10
289.86

95
145
150
160
170
187
147
180
180
132
168
145
143

0.23
0.41
0.55
0.63
0.85
1.21
1.02
1.61
2.12
1.69
2.78
3.12
4.62

56.0
63.0
65.0
73.0
75.0
78.0
83.0
84.0
86.0
90.0
91.0
94.0
94.0

145
240
175
330
390
400
290
335
360
220
300
315
280

S 5 0.1
Size

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

S 63 .1
Size

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 43

Worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power t ab les S 8 0. 1 / S 100.1

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio iactual
on use with synthetic lubricant
S 8 0.1
Size

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

iactual

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

80

110.00
82.00
62.00
53.00
40.00
30.00
26.50
20.00
15.00
13.25
10.00
7.25
5.00

2.27
3.05
4.03
4.72
6.25
8.33
9.43
12.50
16.67
18.87
25.00
34.48
50.00

195
270
364
325
470
490
285
470
450
230
450
400
360

0.11
0.18
0.28
0.27
0.48
0.64
0.38
0.80
0.99
0.55
1.37
1.64
2.09

42.0
49.0
54.0
60.0
64.0
67.0
75.0
77.0
79.0
83.0
86.0
88.0
90.0

350
500
560
490
800
800
430
720
800
320
610
680
590

12.73
17.07
22.58
26.42
35.00
46.67
52.83
70.00
93.33
105.66
140.00
193.10
280.00

185
265
270
285
340
395
250
325
260
180
275
270
230

0.41
0.72
0.93
1.07
1.60
2.38
1.63
2.74
2.86
2.19
4.29
5.81
7.10

60.0
66.0
69.0
74.0
78.0
81.0
85.0
87.0
89.0
91.0
94.0
94.0
95.0

350
500
560
490
800
800
430
720
800
320
610
680
590

iactual

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

100

107.00
82.00
63.00
52.00
40.00
30.00
26.00
20.00
15.00
13.00
10.00
7.50
5.00

2.34
3.05
3.97
4.81
6.25
8.33
9.62
12.50
16.67
19.23
25.00
33.33
50.00

500
599
886
750
1250
1100
700
1200
1170
545
1000
1050
960

0.24
0.37
0.67
0.62
1.26
1.37
0.93
2.01
2.55
1.31
3.08
4.21
5.46

50.0
51.0
55.0
61.0
65.0
70.0
76.0
78.0
80.0
84.0
85.0
87.0
92.0

700
1002
1125
950
1400
1700
900
1380
1500
710
1000
1280
1250

13.08
17.07
22.22
26.92
35.00
46.67
53.85
70.00
93.33
107.69
140.00
186.67
280.00

450
599
817
590
810
750
525
720
720
470
680
580
610

0.99
1.70
2.76
2.31
3.96
4.70
3.61
6.07
8.00
6.02
10.84
12.32
19.03

62.0
63.0
69.0
72.0
75.0
78.0
82.0
87.0
88.0
88.0
92.0
92.0
94.0

700
1002
1125
950
1400
1700
900
1380
1500
710
1000
1280
1250

S 100.1
Size

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

44 / Product Catalog 2012

Worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power t ables S 125 . 1 / S 16 0.1

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio iactual
on use with synthetic lubricant
S 125 .1
Size

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

iactual

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

125

83.00
62.00
52.00
40.00
29.00
26.00
20.00
14.50
13.00
10.00
7.25
4.83

3.01
4.03
4.81
6.25
8.62
9.62
12.50
17.24
19.23
25.00
34.48
51.76

1167
1731
1250
2080
1870
1100
1900
1840
890
1750
1610
1680

0.67
1.24
0.98
2.03
2.41
1.42
3.11
4.05
2.11
5.27
6.53
9.90

55.0
59.0
64.0
67.0
70.0
78.0
80.0
82.0
85.0
87.0
89.0
92.0

1953
2211
1780
2250
2300
1550
2250
2300
1200
2200
2190
2100

16.87
22.58
26.92
35.00
48.28
53.85
70.00
96.55
107.69
140.00
193.10
289.86

1167
1243
1050
1250
1140
890
1150
1090
760
1000
900
870

3.08
4.08
3.90
5.80
7.12
5.90
9.58
12.25
9.42
15.76
19.57
27.80

67.0
72.0
76.0
79.0
81.0
85.0
88.0
90.0
91.0
93.0
93.0
95.0

1953
2211
1780
2250
2300
1550
2250
2300
1200
2200
2190
2100

iactual

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

160

84.00
63.00
54.00
40.00
30.00
27.00
20.00
15.00
13.50
10.00
7.50
5.00

2.98
3.97
4.63
6.25
8.33
9.26
12.50
16.67
18.52
25.00
33.33
50.00

2347
3552
2795
3765
3500
2150
3610
3350
1800
3200
3010
2750

1.24
2.31
1.99
3.47
4.13
2.64
5.76
6.88
3.97
9.31
11.67
15.65

59.0
64.0
68.0
71.0
74.0
79.0
82.0
85.0
88.0
90.0
90.0
92.0

4062
4390
3400
4250
4350
3300
4250
4350
2400
4250
4350
4350

16.67
22.22
25.93
35.00
46.67
51.85
70.00
93.33
103.70
140.00
186.67
280.00

2347
2266
2135
2270
2100
1950
2100
2000
1510
1900
1800
1690

5.69
7.03
7.43
10.15
12.22
12.31
17.49
21.25
17.63
29.63
37.43
52.16

72.0
75.0
78.0
82.0
84.0
86.0
88.0
92.0
93.0
94.0
94.0
95.0

4062
4390
3400
4250
4350
3300
4250
4350
2400
4250
4350
4350

S 160.1
Size

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 45

Worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
S iz e S 40.1 160. 1

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2
Gear ratio iactual
radial forces FR1, FR2
Radial forces n1 = 1400 1/min
S 40.1
iactual
79
60
51
39
29
25.5
19.5
14.5
12.75
9.75
7.25

n2
17.7
23.3
27.5
35.9
48.3
54.9
71.8
96.6
109.8
143.6
193.1

P1
0.10
0.19
0.19
0.32
0.36
0.30
0.48
0.60
0.42
0.75
1.03

iactual
106
82
61
51
39
29
25.5
19.5
14.5
12.75
9.75
7.25
4.83

n2
13.2
17.1
23.0
27.5
35.9
48.3
54.9
71.8
96.6
109.8
143.6
193.1
289.9

P1
0.21
0.41
0.55
0.63
0.85
1.21
1.02
1.61
2.12
1.69
2.78
3.12
4.61

iactual

n2

107.0
82.0
63.0
52.0
40.0
30.0
26.0
20.0
15.0
13.0
10.0
7.5
5.0

S 50.1
T2
37
44
41
58
51
37
52
49
31
44
46

FR1
300
300

300
300

300
300

300
300

FR2
1900
1650
1550
1550
1400
1380
1250
1000
1030
950
870

iactual
83
62
51
38
29
25.5
19
14.5
12.75
9.5
7.25
4.83

n2
16.9
22.6
27.5
36.8
48.3
54.9
73.7
96.6
109.8
147.4
193.1
289.9

P1
0.20
0.37
0.35
0.62
0.74
0.53
1.00
1.17
0.79
1.54
2.09
2.83

T2
60
95
82
115
110
74
105
97
60
90
95
87

FR1
500
500

500
500

500
500

500
500
500

FR2
5000
5000
5000
5000
4800
4300
3800
3500
3300
2900
2400
2250

T2
95
145
150
160
170
187
147
180
180
132
168
145
143

FR1
800
800
800

800
800

800
800

800
800
800

FR2
6500
6300
6100
6000
5950
5700
5000
4750
4300
3850
3000
2900
2800

iactual
110
82
62
53
40
30
26.5
20
15
13.25
10
7.5
5

n2
12.7
17.1
22.6
26.4
35.0
46.7
52.8
70.0
93.3
105.7
140.0
186.7
280.0

P1
0.41
0.95
0.93
1.06
1.60
2.38
1.63
2.73
2.86
2.19
4.29
5.61
7.10

T2
185
265
270
285
340
395
250
325
260
180
275
270
230

FR1
1000
1000
1000

1000
1000

1000
1000

1000
1000
1000

FR2
8000
7800
7700
7600
7500
6100
6000
5800
4500
4200
3900
3600
3250

P1

T2

FR1

FR2

iactual

n2

P1

13.08
17.07
22.22
26.92
35.00
46.67
53.85
70.00
93.33
107.69
140.00
186.67
280.00

0.99
1.70
2.76
2.31
3.96
4.70
3.61
6.07
8.00
6.02
10.84
12.32
19.03

450
599
817
590
810
750
525
720
720
470
680
580
610

10000
10000
10000
10000
10000
9500
9900
7900
6700
7100
5400
5000

83.00

T2

FR1

FR2

16.87

3.08

1167

14000

62.00

22.58

4.08

1243

14000

52.00
40.00
29.00
26.00
20.00
14.50
13.00
10.00
7.25
4.83

26.92
35.00
48.28
53.85
70.00
96.55
107.69
140.00
193.10
289.86

3.90
5.80
7.12
5.90
9.58
12.25
9.42
15.76
19.57
27.80

1050
1250
1140
890
1150
1090
760
1000
900
870

14000
12300
10800
11200
8900
7800
8200
6300
5500

iactual

n2

P1

T2

FR1

FR2

iactual

n2

P1

84.0
63.0
54.0
40.0
30.0
27.0

16.67
22.22
25.93
35.00
46.67
51.85

5.76
7.14
7.43
10.15
12.22
12.31

2347
2266
2135
2270
2100
1950

T2

FR1

FR2

18000
18000
18000
17500
15500
15200

20.0
15.0
13.5
10.0
7.5
5.0

70.00
93.33
103.70
140.00
186.67
280.00

17.49
21.25
17.63
29.63
37.43
52.16

2100
2000
1510
1900
1800
1690

12400
11000
11700
8500
7400

S 63.1

S 80.1

S 100.1

S 125.1

S 160.1

46 / Product Catalog 2012

S 160.1

* The values given for FR1 apply likewise to types SM and SK.
1) Axial forces can absorb up to 50 % off the permissible radial forces.
You can find further information on radial forces in the chapter Introduction, on page 10.
9kc?>;^gj^mjl`]j[dYja[Ylagf&

Worm gear units


Masse s/ Lub r i c ant q uant i ti e s
S iz e S 40. 1 16 0. 1

Masses [kg] without oil


Basic version
SVA
a
40.1
50.1
63.1
80.1

Solid shaft
kg
5.2
11.0
14.5
26.5

a
100
125
160

1.1
1.6
3.6
4.9

1.0
1.4
1.7
2.6

with motor flange


SK
A1 =
120
140
160
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.5
2.0
1.2
1.5
2.0
1.2
1.5
2.0

Coupling
24
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

28
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6

Attachment parts
Solid shaft

kg
46
84
157

Torque
bearing

1 Shaft 2 Shafts
0.35
0.5
0.80
1.0
1.4
1.6
2.2
2.5

Basic version
with fan
SVA

Output
flange

Attachment parts
ShrinkCover
on disk
complete
105
0.5
1.6
1.0
0.5
2.0
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
1.6
2.4
1.0

1 Shaft 2 Shafts
4.8
6.0
9.8
12.6
14
20.0

Output
flange

Torque
bearing

Cover

Shrinkon disk
complete

6.0
11.7
18

7.5
6.6
12

4.2
5.1
11

4.4
7
13.8

SPA
with motor flange
A1=
200 250 300 350
50
52
60
88
91
96
161
164
169

SKA with
motor flange + coupling
A1=
200 250 300 350
55
58
65
96
100 106
169
173
180

Lubricant quantities (synthetic oil)


Size
B3
S40.1
S50.1
S63.1
S80.1
S 100.1
S 125.1
S 160.1

[l]
0.18
0.45
0.63
1.3
1.7
2.0
4.2

B3I
[kg]
0.19
0.47
0.67
1.36
1.8
2.1
4.4

[l]
0.30
0.65
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
8.5

[kg]
0.32
0.68
1.05
2.1
3.15
4.2
8.9

Service position
B6
[l]
[kg]
0.30
0.32
0.65
0.68
1.0
1.05
2.0
2.1
3.0
3.15
4.0
4.2
8.5
8.9

B8
[l]
0.28
0.75
1.1
2.5
3.8
6.5
12.3

V5/V5 II
[kg]
0.29
0.79
1.16
2.63
4.0
6.8
12.9

[l]
0.20
0.55
0.75
1.5
3.0
4.0
7.7

[kg]
0.21
0.58
0.79
1.58
3.15
4.2
8.1

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 47

Worm gear units


I nst allat i o n g ui de li ne s
S iz e S 40.1 160. 1

Mounting and assembly of attachable gearbox/gearbox motors


Attachable worm gearboxes are to be axially attached on the work
machine shaft. The exertion of force with an elastic socket dampens
torque impacts and prevents tension in the actuator. Always consider
that this leads to shifting of shafts between the force machine and the
worm shaft. It is recommended to flange the force machines to the
attachable gearbox or use jointed shafts.
Size
40
50
63
80

D
20;22
25;30
30;35
40;45

lo
75
122
127
156

l2
30.35
54
52
60

Following a longer period of use, attachable gearboxes can be difficult to pull off (due to weather-related or ambient influences and
frictional corrosion). To make this process easier, we recommend
the designation of a drill hole in the shaft end of the work machine
prior to assembly (see illustration above). Through this drill hole,
if necessary (following the connection of an injector or a pump),
one should be able to apply rust remover to the wheel-body
centre position. This requires the crosswise drill hole to open out
into the area of the inside thread of the hollow shaft. To avoid
tribo-corrosion, it is recommended to treat the work-machine shaft
with a MoS2 surface-protector.

Dimensions in mm

D
(HW)
50
60
60
70
70
80

Size
100.1
125.1
connecting shaft
for driven machine torque converter bearing

driven
machine

160.1

D2
0.1
65
80
-

l0

218

188

250

220

270

245
Dimensions in mm

H7

Dk6...h8

l0

0,5

~ 10
l2

driven
machine

torque converter
bearing

connecting shaft
for driven machine

l8

+0,1

D+0,05

H7

Dk6...h8

~ l/3

0,5

H7

Dk6...h8

+0,1

D+0,05

D2

D2

spline for circlip in


accordance with DIN 472

l8
l
~ 10

48 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm gear units


I nst allat io n g ui de li ne s
Siz e S 40.1 16 0. 1

Application guideline for the attachment of torque supports


Fr = exterior force exerted on the work machine shaft
z = lever length for the torque support
n2 = rotation speed of the hollow shaft
T = output-drive torques
TR = reaction torque on the gearbox housing

In attachable gearbox motors/gearboxes and torque supports, exterior forces are exerted on the work machine shaft. The forceexertion point and the direction of the action of the exterior force
depend on the position of the torque support and on the direction
of rotation. The torque support must be designated for attachment on the work-machine side of the gearbox motor/gearbox.
This minimizes the bending wear on the work machine shaft due to
exterior forces. The mounting bolt for the torque support must be
positioned on both sides.

The output-drive torque equals the reaction torque; however, in


the opposite direction. The appropriate selection of the force-exertion point and the direction of the action of the exterior force can
achieve (along with the force from the gearbox mass) a reduction
in the exterior force exerted upon the work machine shaft.

Forces exerted:
Fm = force from the mass
Fs = force exerted on the torque-support mounting bolts

270
240

S 40.1 80.1

300

225

315

n2

330

210 0

Fm

Fs

180

0
0

Fs
2

Fs
2

Fs
flexible bushing

150

Fr

30

TR

135

45
120

90

60

Arrangement of
torque converter
bearing

270
300

240

S 100.1 160.1

225

315

T
Fm

210

n2

330
Fs

180

Fs
2

Fs

flexible bushing

Fr

150

30

TR

135

Fs
2

45

120

60
90

z
Arrangement of torque
converter bearing

Possible mounting positions for torque converter bearing


Size
40

30

45

60

90

120

50

135

150

80

210

63

180

240

r
r

225

300

r
r

270

330

r
r

315
r

100.1

125.1

160.1

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 49





Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e SV 200.1 3 15 . 1

SVA

Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)


slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)


sideDD
side

sideEE
side

side B

side B

side A

b2

b1

l33

b6

~7
h2
h
2

b2
d
 5

js6

d4
m6
m6




d
d11

h1

h1 a
a

g3t
t *
3 33

b6

d
 4

Z 1:3

js6

side A

d 33



l13 l5

groove for circlip DIN472

k3

k3
k2

k2


g2t2*

5
HWH7

q2+0,2

k1

l7

DIN332D M1

l1

q1

30

+0,1
HW+0,05

Js9

b5

d1

p1

m6

p2

l12

~l8

Antriebswellenende
input shaft end

l11

ll11

Y 1:4

ll55

+0,1
HW+0,05

l1

b3
b4

HWH7

l1

sideCC
side

l66
l44

d6

g11t
t11*

30

SVAS
type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output
and cover at the output
b7

d10


d9

H7

side A

b7

b7

p3

js6

d4

DIN332D M2

d5

m6

l22

d2

l21

q3

l2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

50 / Product Catalog 2012



SVV
worm gear

side B

l2

k4

k8

k7

k4

k6

d6

d7
k5

t4

h6

HWH7

hollow shaft-HWS
d8


h6

push-in shaft

Worm gear units

Worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e SV 200. 1 3 1 5 .1

Size

Output
Hollow shaft

a
200
225
250
280
315

Solid shaft

HW
d6

k1
p2 q 2

k2
k3

d2
l2

l21
l22

95H7
97
105 H7

310
25JS9/100,4+0,2
340

105
35
111

90m6
160
100m6

107

28JS9/111,4+0,2

37

180

115H7
117
125H7
127
140 H7
142

370
32JS9/122,4+0,2
400
32JS9/132,4+0,2
440
36JS9/148,4+0,3

126
39
135
41
148
47

110n6
200
120n6
220
140n6
240

HW
d6

d9
k4

k7
k8

95H7
97
105 H7

100 H7
371
110 H7

48
50
53

107

408

60

120 H7
442
130 H7
480
150 H7
537

57
60
63
65
78
80

p3 q3
M2

140 25/95
10
M24
140 28/106
20

M24

160 28/116 115H7


20
M24
117
180 32/127 125 H7
20
M24
127
200 36/148 140 H7
20
M30
142

Size
a
200
225
250
280
315

200
225
250
280
315

d7
d8

k4
k5

95h6
100h6
105h6

371
51
408

110h6

56

115h6
120h6
125h6
130h6
140h6
150h6

442
60
480
66
537
82

63

t4 x D
1,6 x 45
2,5 x 45
2,5 x 45
2,5 x 45
2,5 x 45

cover
k6
48
53
57

78

d10
b7
236
235
286
262
286
277
313
302
353
340

Gear
h1
h2

l3
l4

l5
l8

350
217
390

390
396
438

223
294
245

242

444

323

430
267
480
298
530
331

476
496
564
560
594
614

270
354
318
382
355
427

Size
a

shrink-on disk
push-in shaft

Hollow shaft

l13
223
327
358
392
434

d3
g3 x t 3
385
M16 x 31
430
M16 x 36
480
M16 x 37
335
M20 x 41
600
M20 x 44

8 x 45
12 x 30
12 x 30
12 x 30
12 x 30

Input
d1
l1

l11
l12

l7
g2 x t 2

b5
b3

l6
g1 x t1

b1
b2

b4
b6

d4
d5

300
M20 x 32
335

182
219
200

280
M20 x 32
300

152
152
166

260
5
280

330JS6
430
375JS6

M24 x 38

234,5

M24 x 38

167

484

400
M24 x 40
400
M30 x 50
450
M30 x 50

220
265,5
240
290
265
310

340
M24 x 40
430
M30 x 45
480
M30 x 50

181
181
197
196
217
216

309
5
346
6
374
6

420JS6
534
465JS6
593
530JS6
650

Ratio
p1/q1
M1

S 200.1

S 225.1

S 250.1

S 280.1

7.5

7.75

7.5

10
13.25
15
20
26.5
30
34
40
53
63
83
110

35

10
13
15.5
20
26
31
35
40
52
61
83
108

35

10.25
13.25
15
20.5
26.5
30
36
41
53
60
82
109

55m6
90
60m6
100
65m6
105

80
5
90
5
90
6

16/59
M20
18/64
M20
18/69
M20

70m6

90

20/74,5

110
75m6
120

10
100
10

M20
20/79,5
M20

S 315.1

gfj]im]kl

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 51

>> OP TIMISED SOLU TIONS FOR COMPLE X


MOTION C YCLES
To achieve higher transmission ranges and low-noise operation, the
worm gear units can be combined with a helical gear unit. The first
stage is made of standardised helical gears. High efficiency and
torques allow for a compact drive design and reduce both space
requirements and cost. Helical-worm gear units are used for lifting
and lowering loads and holding them safely in defined positions.
To ensure optimum sizing for the machines and systems of our
customers, GFC gear units are available in different sizes.

3
Helical-worm gear units

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S 5 0.1 8 0.1/
S S 100 25 0

Type SSM

Type SSK

Type SSV

Gear motor unit

Drive-flange-coupling

Input-solid shaft

Output

SSMA

SSKA

*1)

SSVA

hollow shaft

H *1)

SSMAF

SSKAF

SSVAF

hollow shaft and flange

SSMAS

SSKAS

SSVAS

*1)

hollow shaft with


shrink-on shaft

H *1)

SSMAFS

SSKAFS

SSVAFS

hollow shaft. flange.


shrink-on shaft

SSMAD

SSKAD

SSVAD

*1)

hollow shaft and


torque converter bearing

H *1)

SSMV

SSKV

SSVV

solid shaft

SSMVF

54 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

SSKVF

SSVVF

*1)

solid shaft and flange

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


*1) H If cover required, please add code letter. e. g. SMAH

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S S 5 0. 1 8 0. 1

Service position
Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Position of ventilation and oil filling
B3

B8
90-a
270-a

270-a
B

0-a

180-a
0-a

180-a

270-a
270-a

90-a

B3I

B6 (on request)

0-a

90-a

270-a

270-a

180-a

180-a

270-a

90-a

270-a

A
0-a

V5

180-a

V5II

0-a

270-a
270-a
90-a

90-a
270-a

270-a

0-a

Side A; B = Mounting side for the:

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

Position of terminal box:

>> 0; 90; 180; 270

Cable insertion at

>> a
>> b ... towards the ventilation hood on the motor
>> c ... across from a

180-a

Shaft end on the output drive


Flange on the output drive
Torque support on the output drive
Cover hood on the output drive
Shrink disc on the output drive

b
c

Standard:

>> 270-a (shaft end, flange etc. at B)


>> 270-c (shaft end, flange etc. at A)

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 55

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S 100 160

Service position
Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling

Checking oil level

B3

Oil draining

B8
90-a
270-a

270-a

0-a

180-a

0-a

180-a

270-a
90-a

90-a

B3I

0-a

B6 (on request)

90-a

270-a

270-a

180-a

180-a

270-a

270-a

90-a

A
0-a

V5

V5II
B

180-a

0-a

270-a
270-a
90-a

90-a
270-a

270-a

A
A

0-a

Side A; B = Mounting side for the:

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

Position of terminal box:

>> 0; 90; 180; 270

Cable insertion at

>> a
>> b ... towards the ventilation hood on the motor
>> c ... across from a

B
180-a

Shaft end on the output drive


Flange on the output drive
Torque support on the output drive
Cover hood on the output drive
Shrink disc on the output drive

b
c

Standard:

>> 270-a (shaft end, flange etc. at B)


>> 270-c (shaft end, flange etc. at A)

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

56 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Si z e SS 25 0

Service position
Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling

Checking oil level

B3

Oil draining

B8
A

90-a

270-a

270-a

180-a

0-a

180-a

0-a

3
A
B
270-a
270-a

90-a

0-a

B3I

B6 (on request)
270-a

90-a
270-a

180-a

Stage
Stufe I I

Stufe IIII
Stage
180-a

270-a

90-a
270-a

0-a

V5

V5II

180-a

0-a

270-a

90-a

180-a

0-a

Side A; B = Mounting side for the:

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

Cable insertion at

>> a
>> b ... towards the ventilation hood on the motor
>> c ... across from a

270-a

90-a

Shaft end on the output drive


Flange on the output drive
Torque support on the output drive
Cover hood on the output drive
Shrink disc on the output drive

b
c

Standard:

>> 270-a (shaft end, flange etc. at B)


>> 270-c (shaft end, flange etc. at A)

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 57

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S SV 5 0.1 8 0.1

SSVA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k4
k2

side B

k1

f2

side A

f2

l8
s*3 x t3

u1

b2

b2

a2

h 11
h7

h 10

b3

d1
f3

h6

m1
side A

s*3

h4

h9

h4

h1

v4

l
a3

60

e2

h2

v1

u4

HW

h3

s*2 x t 2

side B

n2

h8

m2
s 4*

m3

n3

m4
l14

l
l0

l1

l/3

45

groove for circlip DIN 472

30

e2

+0,1
+0,05

0,5

HW

HW

l11

figure 2

s2

l10
figure 1

HW

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

HW

+0,1
+0,05

d1

y


SSVAF
Slip-on model with flange

SSVVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

l9
DM

d3

position of the flange bore-holes s

l3

s*

45

cover

fixed with stud ball and nut

h 12

SSVV
Type with solid shaft at the output
l2
l3
l5

d3

d3

l4

DM

DM

l3

l3

L2

L2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

58 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S SV 5 0.1 8 0. 1

Size

a3

d1
k6

50

120

18

63

120

18

80

160

18

Input
Shaft end
I10
I11
2
20
2
20
2
20

I1
I14
21
167
21
177
21
197

b3
k4
85
148
85
158
85
178

u4/v4
6/20.5
6/20.5
6/20.5

f3
4
4
4

3
Size

Output
Hollow shaft
I
u1Js9/v 1
I0

y
A

Solid shaft
d3k6

I3

I2
L2

I4
l5

u2/v2
DM

I7

HWH7

50

25
30

8/28.3
8/33.3

140
122

4
15

25

50

120
123.5

40
7

8/28
DM10

140

63

30
35

8/33.3
10/38.3

145
127

4
15

30

60

132.5
136

50
7

8/33
DM10

157

80

40
45

12/43.3
14/48.8

180
156

4
15

35

70

160
163.5

56
7

12/38
DM12

190

Size

Output
Flange

Gear

bjs6

h12

b2js6

a2
e2

f2

h1 -0.5
h2

h3
h4

h6
h7

h8
h9

50

160

110

130

90

17.5

10

3.5

95

135
115

3.0

100
173

4
14

35
80

17.5
28

63

200

130

165

97

22.5

12

3.5

11

110

152
130

3.5

115
193

17
16

38
100

15
35

80

200

130

165

120

27.5

12

3.5

11

130

190
165

3.5

145
245

20
18

40
130

20
45

Size

Gear

h10
h11

k1 -0.2
k 2 -0.2

I8
I9

m1
m2

m3
m4

n2
n3 -0.1

s2
t2

Figure

s3
t3

s4

50

58
28

110
75

125
78

33
33

35
80

100
125

M8
14

M10
17

11

63

75
33

120
80

125
81

25
25

45
100

100
125

M8
14

M10
17

11

80

85
40

140
106

161
101

32
32

60
130

130
161

M10
16

M12
20

14

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 59

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S K 5 0.1 8 0.1

SSKA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k3

45

k2

k1
u1

b1
f4

h4

s1

h4

h1

a3

h2

60

c1
side B

m1

m2

u2

s 4*

m3

m4

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

d3

l
l0

 l/3

figure 2

x

+0,1
+0,05

HW

HW

0,5

30

e2

HW

45

HW

+0,1
+0,05

s2

figure 1

v2

side A

e1

h3

v1

f1

e2

v3

A1

u3

HW

DKM

s*2 x t 2

s1

groove for circlip DIN 472

SSKVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output

SSKAF
Slip-on model with flange

side B

f2

l7

side A

f2

l9

DM
l3

h 11

s*3

m
h 12

n2
n3

fixed with stud ball and nut


position of the flange bore-holes s

SSKV
Type with solid shaft at the output

cover

l2
l3

l5

d3

d3

l4

DM

45

h8

h6

h9

s*

a2

b2

b2

h 10

l
h7

d3

l8
s*3 x t3

DM

l3

l3

L2

L2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

60 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n s he e ts
S iz e SS K 5 0. 1 8 0. 1

Size
a

50

63

Flange
for
IEC-Motor

a3

DKM

u3

v3

63

120

11

12.8

71

120

14

16.3

80

120

19

21.8

90

120

24

27.3

100**

120

28

31.3

63

120

11

12.8

71

120

14

16.3

80

120

19

21.8

90

120

24

27.3

100/112**

120

28

31.3

71

160

14

16.3

80

160

19

21.6

90

160

24

27.3

100/112

160

28

31.3

80

k3
f4

A1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

199
199
209
10
219
20
229
15
209
209
219
10
229
20
239
15
229
239
10
249
20
259
15

105
70
105
70
120
80
140
95
160
110
105
70
105
70
120
80
140
95
160
110
105
70
120
80
140
95
160
110

85
6.6
85
6.6
100
6.6
115
9
130
9
85
6.6
95
6.6
100
6.6
115
9
130
9
85
6.6
100
6.6
115
9
130
9

9
3
9
3
9
4
10
4
10
4
9
3
9
3
9
4
10
4
10
4
9
3
9
4
10
4
10
4

** Service Position B3I, only

Size

Output
Hollow shaft
I
u1Js9/v 1
I0

y
A

Solid shaft
d3k6

I3

I2
L2

I4
l5

u2/v2
DM

I7

HWH7

50

25
30

8/28.3
8/33.3

140
122

4
15

25

50

120
123.5

40
7

8/28
DM10

140

63

30
35

8/33.3
10/38.3

145
127

4
15

30

60

132.5
136

50
7

8/33
DM10

157

80

40
45

12/43.3
14/48.8

180
156

4
15

35

70

160
163.5

56
7

10/38
DM12

190

Size

Output
Flange

Gear

bjs6

h12

b2js6

50

160

110

130

90

17.5

10

3.5

95

63

200

130

165

97

22.5

12

3.5

11

110

80

200

130

165

120

27.5

12

3.5

11

130

Size

a2
e2
135
115
152
130
190
165

f2
3.0
3.5
3.5

h1 -0.5
h2
100
173
115
193
145
245

h3
h4
4
14
17
16
20
18

h6
h7
35
80
38
100
40
130

h8
h9
17.5
28
15
35
20
45

Gear

h10
h11

k1 -0.2
k 2 -0.2

I8
I9

m1
m2

m3
m4

n2
n3 -0.1

s2
t2

Figure

s3
t3

s4

50

58
28

110
75

125
78

33
33

35
80

100
125

M8
14

M10
17

11

63

75
33

120
80

125
81

25
25

45
100

100
125

M8
14

M10
17

11

80

85
40

140
106

161
101

32
32

60
130

130
161

M10
16

M12
20

14

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012/ 61

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S M 5 0.1 80.1

SSMA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k0
k1

side B

f2

u1

s*3 x t3

g1

b2

h 10

a3

l
h7

b2

h3

v1

h2
h1

e2

60

f2

h 11

s*2 x t 2
HW

side A

l8

a2

k2

s*3

h6

u2

m2

n2

h8

m1

h9

h4


h4

s 4*

n3
v2

m3
m4

d3
l
l0

0,5

45

30

e2

+0,1
+0,05

HW

+0,1
+0,05

s2

figure 2

HW

figure 1

HW

l/3

x
position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

HW

groove for circlip DIN 472

SSMAF
Slip-on model with flange

SSMVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

l9
DM

position of the flange bore-holes s

d3

l3

45

s*

c
m

cover

fixed with stud ball and nut

h 12

SSMV
Type with solid shaft at the output
l2
l3
l5

d3

d3

l4

DM

DM

l3

l3

L2

L2
For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

62 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S SM 5 0.1 8 0. 1

Size
a

50

63

80

for IEC-Motor
a3
120
120
120
20
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
160
160
160
160
160
160
160

63
71
80
90 S
90 L
63
71
80
90 S
90 L
100 L
71
80
90 S
90 L
100 L
100 LX
112 M

ko
284
304
336
355
377
294
314
346
365
387
396
334
366
385
407
416
441
476

k
33.5
32.5
38
44
44
33.5
32.5
38
44
44
34
32.5
38
44
44
34
36
36

g
109
124
139
157
157
109
124
139
157
157
177
124
139
157
157
177
196
196

g1
98.5
104
112
120
120
98.5
104
112
120
120
128
104
112
120
120
128
137
137

Size

x
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92
92

Output
Hollow shaft
I
u1Js9/v 1
I0

y1
A

Solid shaft
d3k6

I3

I2
L2

I4
l5

u2/v2
DM

I7

HWH7

50

25
30

8/28.3
8/33.3

140
122

4
15

25

50

120.00
123.50

40
7

8/28
DM10

140

63

30
35

8/33.3
10/38.3

145
127

4
15

30

60

132.50
136.00

50
7

8/33
DM10

157

80

40
45

12/43.3
14/48.8

180
156

4
15

35

70

160.00
163.50

56
7

10/38
DM12

190

Size

Output
Flange

Gear

bjs6

h12

b2js6

a2
e2

f2

h1 -0.5
h2

h3
h4

h6
h7

h8
h9

50

160

110

130

90

17.5

10

3.5

95

135
115

3.0

100
173

4
14

35
80

17.5
28

63

200

130

165

97

22.5

12

3.5

11

110

152
130

3.5

115
193

17
16

38
100

15
35

80

200

130

165

120

27.5

12

3.5

11

130

190
165

3.5

145
245

20
18

40
130

20
45

Size

Gear

h10
h11

k1 -0.2
k 2 -0.2

I8
I9

m1
m2

m3
m4

n2
n3 -0.1

s2
t2

Figure

s3
t3

s4

50

58
28

110
75

125
78

33
33

35
80

100
125

M8
14

M10
17

11

63

75
33

120
80

125
81

25
25

45
100

100
125

M8
14

M10
17

11

80

85
40

140
106

161
101

32
32

60
130

130
161

M10
16

M12
20

14

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 63

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S SV/S S K/S S M 5 0.1 8 0.1

SSV/SSK/SSM
Slip-on model with shrink-on disk
l12 + l13

 n4
m 10

m7

d 7 H7

d 6 H7

l13

d9

l12

m6

a2

b2

 d8

l8

d 6h6

f2

d 7 h6

push-in shaft

f2

m8

Size

m9

Output
Hollow shaft

Cap

a2

b2js6

f2

l8

d6

d7

d9f7

m6

m7

m8

m9

m10

l12

l13

d8

n4

50

132

75

3.0

125

35

36

44

40

25

45

30

27.5

100.0

70.0

86

110

63

152

110

3.5

125

35

36

44

40

25

45

30

27.5

97.5

72.5

86

110

80

190

130

3.5

161

40

45

50

45

28

50

35

30.0

118.0

90.0

93

130

SSM
Slip-on model (Hollow shaft at the output)

centring

d2

e4

d2

u5

45

k2
s 5 x t4

l21

v5

l20

l6

l19

Size

Output

d2k6

centring
DIN 332

l6

l17

l18

l19

l20

l21

u5 /v5

b3H7

k1

k2

f3

e3

e4

s5

t4

50

18

A2.5 x 5.3

28

98

106

105

1.5

25

6/20.5

85

72

75

3.5

100

65

M6

13

63

18

A2.5 x 5.3

28

110

110

111

1.5

25

6/20.5

85

84

80

100

85

M6

13

80

18

A4 x 8.5

28

129

136

136

1.5

25

6/20.5

85

103

106

100

100

M6

13

64 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Dimensions in mm

Helical-worm gear units


N o te s

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 65

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S SV 100 160

SSVA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k4
k2

side B

k1

f2

side A

f2

l8
s*3 x t3

u1
s*2 x t 2

b2

b2

h 10

h7

b3

d1

a2

h 11

h3

m1
side A

h6

f3

n2

h8

m2
s 4*

m3

side B

s*3

h4

h9

h4

h1

v4

e2

h2

v1

u4

HW

l1

n3

d1

m4

e2

a= 125

d 8 h6

m8

m9

s2

m7

22,5

d 7 h6

d 8 H7

45

position of the flange bore-holes

45

0,5

d 7 H7

a= 100

push-in shaft

hollow shaft-HWS

m6


position
of the flange bore-holes s

HW

d2

HW

HW

15

d2

+0,1
+0,05

l/3

HW

+0,1
+0,05

z
y1
15

l10

30

l
l0
y

l11

 l
14

s2

 for circlip DIN 472


groove

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing

l 14
a= 160


SSVAF

Slip-on model with flange

SSVVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

l9

position of the flange bore-holes s

DM
u2

d3

v2

45

l3

d3

45

s*

a= 100125

fixed with stud ball and nut


cover

c
m

h 12

a= 160

Size
a

d1

100

28

125

32

160

32

l1
l14
60
335
58
289.5
58
334.5

Shaft end
l10
u4/v4
l11
5
8 / 31
50
4
10 / 35
50
4
10 / 35
50

b3
k4
110
272
120
231
120
276

f3
6
7.5
7.5

For these drawing, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

66 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S SV 1 00 1 60

SSVAS
Shrink-on disk and cover at the output

SSVV
Type with solid shaft at the output
l2
l3
l5
DM
d3

d3

d5

d6

l4
DM

l3

l3

l 13

l 12

L2

n4

Size

L2

Output

HWH7/d2

u1Js9/v 1

Hollow shaft
I
I0

100

50/60/65

14/28.3
18/33.3

218
188

3.5
15

45
k6

90
199

199

80
5

14/48.5
DM16

228

125

60/70/80

18/33.3
20/38.3

250
220

3
30

60
m6

120
245

245

100
10

18/64.4
DM20

280

160

70/80/-

20/43.3
22/48.8

270
245

70
m6

140
275

284

125
7.5

20/74.5
DM20

325

d5
l12

d7
d8

Hollow shaft-HWS
l13
l16

m6
m7

m8
m9

d6

n4

100

110
146

50
52

109
250

45
38

50
43

130

150

125

145
175

65
66

125
290

62
40

65
45

165

175

160

170
188

75
80

135
319

40
45

40
55

216

201

Size

Solid shaft
y

y1
A

d3

I3
l2

L2

I4
l5

u2/v2
DM

I7

Output

Size

Cap-HWS

Output
Flange

Gear

h12

b2js6

a2
e2

f2

h1
h2

h3
h4

h6
h7

h8
h9

100

250

180
js6

215

138

26.5

15

14

180

240
215

180
310

26
25

70
135

22.5
70

125

350

250
h6

300

160

36.5

20

18

230

290
265

225
379

30
30

82
180

19
91

160

450

350
h6

400

180

37

18

17.5

300

365
330

280
467.5

44
35

90
235

34
60

Size

Gear

h10
h11

k1
k2

I8
I9

m1
m2

m3
m4

n2
n3

s2
t2

s3
t3

s4

100

87
60

160
125

195
120

55
65

75
135

150
195

M12
20

M16
24

18

125

124
57

195
150

207
137

70
70

92
180

160
207

M12
20

M20
28

22

160

111
70

245
195

250
150

70
70

115
235

190
246

M16
23

M20
28

22

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 67

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S K 125 160

SSKA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k3

45

k2

l8
s*3 x t3

u1

f2

b2

a2

h 11
b2

b1

h 10

h7

f4

s1

m1

c1

m2

n2

h8

side B

s*3

h6

h4

h9

h4

h1

e1

a3

h2

e2

v3

A1

h3

f1

v1

u3

HW

DKM

s*2 x t 2

s1

side A

side A

side B

f2

k1

n3

s 4*

m3
m4
l
l0

l/3

position of the tapped


holes s 2 in the housing
s

15

15

y


groove for circlip DIN 472

45






e2

0,5

HW

d2

+0,1
+0,05

HW

HW

d2

HW

+0,1
+0,05

y1

a= 125

m6

45

m7

m8

s2

22,5

d 7 h6

d 8 H7

d 7H7

m9
a= 160

l 14


SSKAF
Slip-on model with flange

SSKVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

position of the
flange bore-holes s

l9

DM

d3

45

l3

f
a= 125

s*

u2
45

m
e

v2

h 12
fixed with stud ball and nut

a= 160

cover

d3

SSKAS
Type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output

SSKV
Type with solid shaft at the output
l2
l3

d5

l4
DM

l5
DM

d3

d3

d6

d 8 h6

push-in shaft

hollow shaft-HWS

l3
l 12
n4

l3

l 13
L2

L2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

68 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S S K 12 5 1 6 0

Size
a

125

160

IEC-Motor

Flange

Size

Shaft end

DKM

u3

v3

90

24x50

24

27.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

160

42x110

42

12

45.3

100

28x60

28

31.3

112

28x60

28

31.3

132

38x80

38

10

41.3

160

42x110

42

12

45.3

180

48x110

48

14

51.8

k3
f4

A1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

367
11
367
11
392
25
419
43
412
11
412
11
437
25
464
43
464
43

200
250
180
250
180
300
230
350
250
250
180
250
180
300
230
350
250
350
250

215
M12
215
M12
265
M12
300
M16
215
M12
215
M12
265
M12
300
M16
300
M16

16
7
16
7
16
7
20
7
16
7
16
7
16
7
20
7
20
7

Size

Output

HWH7/d2

u1Js9/v 1

Hollow shaft
I
I0

125

60/70/80

18/64.4
20/74.9

250
220

3
30

60
m6

120
245

245

100
10

18/64.4
DM20

280

160

70/80/-

20/74.9
22/85.4

270
245

70
m6

140
275

284

125
7.5

20/74.5
DM20

325

d5
l12

d7
d8

Hollow shaft-HWS
l13
l14

m6
m7

m8
m9

d6

n4

125

145
175

65
66

125
290

62
40

65
45

165

175

160

170
188

75
80

135
319

40
45

40
55

216

201

Size

Solid shaft
y

y1
A

d3

I3
l2

L2

I4
l5

u2/v2
DM

I7

Output

Size

Cap-HWS

Output
Flange

Gear

h12

c
m

f
s

b2js6

a2
e2

f2

h1
h2

h3
h4

h6
h7

h8
h9

125

350

250
h6

300

160

20
36.5

5
18

230

290
265

225
379

30
30

82
180

19
91

160

450

350
h6

400

180

18
37

5
17.5

300

365
330

280
467.5

44
35

90
235

34
60

Size

Gear

h10
h11

k1
k2

I8
I9

m1
m2

m3
m4

n2
n3

s2
t2

s3
t3

s4

125

124
57

195
150

207
137

70
70

92
180

160
207

M12
20

M20
28

22

160

111
70

245
195

250
150

70
70

115
235

190
246

M16
23

M20
28

22

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 69

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S P 100 125

SSPA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k3
f2

l8
s*3 x t3

s*2 x t 2
h3

h7
m2

n2

h8

s 4*

m3

side B

s*3

h6

c1
m1

h9

s1

h4

a2

h 11

a1

e1

d1

h1
h4

side A

l
b2

b1

h2

e2

v1

f2

f1

v1

u1

HW

h 10

s1

side A

side B

u1

b2

k2

45

n3

m4


a= 100

45

0,5

HW

d2

s2

+0,1
+0,05

HW

HW

d2

15

position of the tapped holes s 2 in the housing


z
y1

HW

+0,1
+0,05

15

groove for circlip DIN 472

30

l
l0 
l/3


y


e2

a= 125

H7

d 8 h6

push-in shaft

m6

d 7h6

d8

d 7H7

hollow shaft-HWS

m7
m8

l 14

m9

SSPAF
Slip-on model with flange

SSPVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

l9
DM

d3

l3

position of the flange bore-holes s

a= 125

u2

s*

45

c
m

v2

h 12

cover

fixed with stud ball and nut

d3

SSPAS
Type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output

SSPV
Type with solid shaft at the output
l2
l3
l5
DM
d3

d3

d5

d6

l4
DM

l3
l 12
n4

l3

l 13
L2

L2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

70 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S SP 100 1 2 5

Size
a

100

IEC-Motor

Hollow shaft

Flange

Size

dM

lM

d1H7

u1Js9

v1

k3

63

11

23

11

12.8

272

71

14

30

14

16.3

272

80

19

40

19

21.8

272

90

24

50

24

27.3

272

100

28

60

28

31.3

290

112

28

60

28

31.3

290

132

38

80

38

10

41.3

290

80

19

40

19

21.8

307

90

24

50

24

27.3

307

100

28

60

28

31.3

325

112

28

60

28

31.3

325

132

38

80

38

10

41.3

325

160

42

110

42

12

45.3

325

125

a1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

160
110
160
110
160
110
160
110
250
180
250
180
300
230
160
110
160
110
250
180
250
180
300
230
350
250

130
M8x16
130
M8x16
130
M8x16
130
M8x16
215
14
215
14
265
14
130
M8x16
130
M8x16
215
14
215
14
265
14
300
18

4
4
4
4
16
5
16
5
18
8
5
5
16
5
16
5
18
5
18
6

Size

a
100
125

100
125

290
290
290
290
290
325
325
325
325
-

a1
b1H7

e1
s1

c1
f1

200
130
200
130
200
130
200
130
200
130
200
130
200
130
200
130
200
130
-

165
11
165
11
165
11
165
11
165
11
165
11
165
11
165
11
165
11
-

16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
-

Output

HWH7/d2

u1Js9/v 1

50/60/65
60/70/80

14/53.8
18/64.4
18/64.4
20/74.9

Hollow shaft
I
I0
218
188
250
220

d7
d8
50
52
65
66

Hollow shaft-HWS
l13
l14
109
250
125
290

Size

k1

Solid shaft
y1
A
3.5
15
3
30

y
6
6

I3
l2
90
199
120
245

d3
45
k6
60
m6

I4
l5
80
5
100
10

L2
199
245

u2/v2
DM
14/48.5
DM16
18/64.4
DM20

I7
228
280

Output
d5
l12
110
146
145
175

Size

Cap-HWS
m6
m7
45
38
62
40

m8
m9
50
43
65
45

d6

n4

130

150

165

175

Output
Flange

100

250

125

350

180
js6
250
h6

Gear

h12

215

138

300

160

c
m
15
26.5
20
36.5

f
s
4
14
5
18

Size

b2js6
180
230

a2
e2
240
215
290
265

f2
4
4

h1
h2
180
310
225
379

h3
h4
26
25
30
30

h6
h7
70
135
82
180

h8
h9
22.5
70
19
91

Gear

h10
h11

k1
k2

I8
I9

m1
m2

m3
m4

n2
n3

s2
t2

s3
t3

s4

100

87
60

160
125

195
120

55
65

75
135

150
195

M12
20

M16
24

18

125

124
57

195
150

207
137

70
70

92
180

160
207

M12
20

M20
28

22

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 71

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S M 100 160

SSMA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k0
k2

side B

f2

k1

side A

f2

l8
s*3 x t3

u1

h7

a2

b2

b2

h 10

a3

n2

h8

m2

m1

s*3

h6

h4

h9

h4

h1

e2

h2

v1

g1

h3

HW

h 11

s*2 x t 2

n3

s 4*

m3
m4
l

position of the tapped holes s 2


in the housing

groove for circlip DIN 472

+0,1
+0,05

45

d 8 h6

a= 100

d 7 h6

0,5

HW

d2

HW

HW

d2

HW

+0,1
+0,05

y1

push-in shaft

30

15

15

s2

l0
 l/3

e2

m8

m9

m6

m7

22,5

d 8 H7

d 7 H7
hollow shaft-HWS

s2

45

a= 125

l 14
a= 160

SSMAF
Slip-on model with flange

SSMVF
Type with solid shaft and flange at the output
l7

l9

position of the flange bore-holes s

DM

d3

45

l3

s*

a=100125

45

cover

h 12

fixed with stud ball and nut


a= 160

SSMAS
Type with shrink-on disk and cover at the output

SSMV
Type with solid shaft at the output
l2

l3


l4
DM

l5
DM

d3

d3

d5

d6

u2
l3
v2

l3

l 12
n4

l 13
d3

L2

L2

u2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

72 / GFC Product
Catalog 2012


Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S SM 1 00 1 60

Size
a

100

125

160

for IEC-Motor
ko
399
423
445
471
502
536
566
588
434
458
480
506
537
571
601
623
623
671
721
587
641
671
646
694
744
744
815

a3
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300

80
90 S
90 L
100 L
100 LX
112 M
132 S
132 M
80
90 S
90 L
100 L
100 LX
112 M
132 S
132 M
132 L
160 M
160 L
100 LX
112 M
112 MX
132 M
160 M
160 L
180 M
180 L

g
139
157
157
177
196
196
217
258
139
157
157
177
196
196
217
258
258
258
313
196
196
196
258
258
258
313
313

g1
111
120
120
127
137
137
178
200
111
120
120
127
137
137
178
200
200
200
242
137
137
137
218
215
215
237
256

Size
Hollow shaft
I
u1Js9/v 1
I0

y1
A

d3

I3
l2

Output
Solid shaft
I4
L2
l5

u2/v2
DM

I7

d5
l12

Hollow shaft-HWS
d7
l13 m6 m8
d8
l14 m7 m9

Cap - HWS
d6 n4

HWH7/d2

100

50/ 60/65

14/53.8
18/64.4

218
188

3.5
15

45
k6

90
199

199

80
5

14/48.5
DM16

228

110
146

50
52

109
250

45
38

50
43

130

150

125

60/ 70/80

18/64.4
20/74.9

250
220

3
30

60
m6

120
245

245

100
10

18/64.4
DM20

280

145
175

65
66

125
290

62
40

65
45

165

175

160

70/ 80/ -

20/74.9
22/85.4

270
245

70
m6

140
275

284

125
7.5

20/74.5
DM20

325

170
188

75
80

135
319

40
45

40
55

216

201

Size
Flange

Output
Flange

Gear

h12

c
m

f
s

b2js6

a2
e2

f2

h1
h2

h3
h4

h6
h7

h8
h9

100

250

180
js6

215

138

15
26.5

4
14

180

240
215

180
310

26
25

70
135

22.5
70

125

350

250
h6

300

160

20
36.5

5
18

230

290
265

225
379

30
30

82
180

19
91

160

450

350
h6

400

180

18
37

5
17.5

300

365
330

280
467.5

44
35

90
235

34
60

Size

Gear

h10
h11

k1
k2

I8
I9

m1
m2

m3
m4

n2
n3

s2
t2

s3
t3

s4

100

87
60

160
125

195
120

55
65

75
135

150
195

M12
20

M16
24

18

125

124
57

195
150

207
137

70
70

92
180

160
207

M12
20

M20
28

22

160

111
70

245
195

250
150

70
70

115
235

190
246

M16
23

M20
28

22

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 73

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S M/S SV 25 0

SSM
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)
k 0
k1

340

50

60

M30*

7
side A

side B

M30x50*

a3

225

250

420 js6

80
4

695

525

g1

250

29
M16x

225

85

710

Size
a

360

420 js6

30

290
30

250
330

for IEC-Motor
ko
894
985
1095
1150
1178
1274

k1
409
409
409
409
437
437

a3
350
350
350
350
450
450

132
160
180
200 
225
250

g
258
313
351
390
390
440

g1
199
242
261
300
300
358

SSV
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)

60

30

350

80
4

525

695

 710

+0,1
+0,05

115

H7

115

29*

M16x

6
38 +0,1

60

225
497

+0,1
Js9

38

225

42 k6

45

85

12

116

H7

+0,1
+0,05

15

115

15

115

groove for circlip DIN 472

side B

side A

M30*
50

290
30

115

2
56

+0,2

115

122,4

H7

32

Js9

H7

32

360

SSMV/SSVV
Type with solid shaft at the output

SSMAD/SSVAD
Slip-on model with torque converter bearing at the output
 216

380
7

R275

side A

DIN332-DM24

DIN332-DM24

180

10

M30x50*

420 js6

630

130

200

m6

10

110

250

420 js6

360

200
180

50 H9

340

7
side B

330
395

116

395

28

250
100
110
240
For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

74 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S S 5 0. 1 25 0

Torque converters bearing

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

d6

30

d4

30

**

t2

d3

l2

l1

t1

t4

Fig. 3

d5

t3

d1
d2

Size
a

z
d
0.2 1H11

d2

d3

d4F8

d5

d6
0.2

l1

l2

t1

t2

t3

t4

Hexagonal
bolt*

Fig.

50

130

95

136

85

10

40

115

32

36

14

11.5

9.5

4 x M8 x 25

63

160

110

153

100

10

40

130

32

36

14

11.5

9.5

6 x M8 x 25

80

200

130

193

120

10

50

11

165

32

36

14

11.5

9.5

6 x M10 x 25

100

250

180

243

170

20

70

13.5

215

56

70

16

21

22

6 x M12 x 35

125

310

230

294

220

20

70

13.5

265

56

70

18

19

22

8 x M12 x 35

160

380

300

374

290

24

80

18

330

90

115

20

44.5

28.5

8 x M16 x 40

250

630

420

550

408

50

130

18

480

100

110

36

35

29

12 x M16 x 55

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Dimensions in mm / * strength class for screws 8.8

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 75

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power t ab le SS 50.1 / SS 63.1

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio itotal, iworm
on use with synthetic lubricant
Size

50

n1 = 250 1/min
iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

145.29
138.43
126.67
107.29
85.50
69.39
59.38
52.96
45.31
38.32
32.63
26.48
22.66
19.16
17.35
14.84
12.55
11.33
9.58
8.82
7.55

38
38
38
38
38
38
38
29
29
29
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
7.25
7.25
4.83
4.83

1.72
1.81
1.97
2.33
2.92
3.60
4.21
4.72
5.52
6.52
7.66
9.44
11.03
13.05
14.41
16.84
19.91
22.07
26.10
28.34
33.13

145
145
143
141
140
138
137
152
150
148
147
145
141
139
128
126
125
125
123
120
115

0.05
0.05
0.06
0.07
0.08
0.10
0.11
0.13
0.15
0.17
0.17
0.20
0.23
0.26
0.25
0.28
0.33
0.36
0.41
0.42
0.47

51
51
51
52
53
53
54
56
57
58
68
71
72
74
78
79
80
80
81
84
84

190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
150
150
150
160
160
140
140

9.64
10.11
11.05
13.05
16.37
20.18
23.58
26.44
30.90
36.53
42.91
52.87
61.79
73.07
80.70
94.32
111.52
123.59
146.13
158.73
185.51

132
132
131
130
129
128
126
125
123
120
120
115
112
110
110
110
106
112
107
105
100

0.23
0.23
0.25
0.28
0.34
0.41
0.46
0.49
0.56
0.64
0.68
0.80
0.89
1.01
1.07
1.25
1.41
1.63
1.82
1.92
2.11

59
60
61
63
65
66
67
70
71
72
79
80
81
83
87
87
88
89
90
91
92

190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
150
150
150
160
160
140
140

Size

63

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

149.12
142.07
130.00
110.12
87.75
71.22
60.94
52.96
45.31
38.32
32.63
26.48
22.66
19.16
17.80
15.23
12.88
11.33
9.58
8.82
7.55

39
39
39
39
39
39
39
29
29
29
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
9.75
9.75
9.75
7.25
7.25
4.83
4.83

1.68
1.76
1.92
2.27
2.85
3.51
4.10
4.72
5.52
6.52
7.66
9.44
11.03
13.05
14.04
16.41
19.40
22.07
26.01
28.34
33.13

290
290
288
288
285
280
278
267
262
260
258
250
248
227
210
205
208
208
210
130
126

0.10
0.10
0.11
0.13
0.16
0.19
0.21
0.23
0.26
0.30
0.30
0.34
0.39
0.42
0.39
0.44
0.52
0.59
0.70
0.45
0.51

51
51
51
52
53
54
56
58
59
60
69
72
73
74
80
80
81
81
82
85
85

390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
360
360
360
360
280
280
280
250
250
225
200

9.39
9.85
10.77
12.71
15.95
19.66
22.97
26.44
30.90
36.53
42.91
52.87
61.79
73.07
78.63
91.90
108.66
123.59
146.13
158.73
185.51

250
248
244
240
235
225
222
215
210
205
195
190
185
170
190
185
180
175
170
145
134

0.41
0.42
0.44
0.49
0.59
0.67
0.76
0.80
0.92
1.05
1.07
1.25
1.43
1.53
1.76
2.00
2.28
2.52
2.86
2.65
2.83

60
61
62
65
67
69
70
74
74
75
82
84
84
85
89
89
90
90
91
91
92

390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
390
360
360
360
360
280
280
280
250
250
225
200

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

76 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power table SS 80.1 / SS 100

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio itotal, iworm
on use with synthetic lubricant
Size

80

n1 = 250 1/min
iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

211.76
178.46
162.86
149.33
127.06
117.78
95.29
88.33
73.60
61.43
55.20
46.07
41.00
36.80
30.71
27.60
23.04
20.50
18.40
15.36
13.67
11.52
10.25
9.20
7.68

40
40
40
40
40
40
30
30
40
40
30
30
30
20
20
15
15
15
10
10
10
7.5
7.5
5
5

1.18
1.40
1.54
1.67
1.97
2.12
2.62
2.83
3.40
4.07
4.53
5.43
6.10
6.79
8.14
9.06
10.85
12.20
13.59
16.28
18.29
21.71
24.39
27.17
32.56

550
545
545
540
535
535
528
520
520
520
520
520
515
510
510
495
480
450
405
400
380
365
340
320
283

0.13
0.16
0.17
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.26
0.28
0.32
0.38
0.42
0.48
0.52
0.52
0.61
0.64
0.74
0.76
0.72
0.84
0.89
1.00
1.03
1.08
1.15

51
51
52
53
54
54
56
56
58
59
59
61
63
70
71
73
74
76
80
81
82
83
84
84
84

800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
720
720
800
800
800
580
580
580
560
560
510
460

6.61
7.84
8.60
9.38
11.02
11.89
14.69
15.85
19.02
22.79
25.36
30.39
34.15
38.04
45.58
50.72
60.78
68.29
76.09
91.16
102.44
121.55
136.59
152.17
182.33

465
460
455
450
435
430
420
415
410
410
425
415
410
410
400
400
390
310
330
320
315
310
305
275
230

0.51
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.75
0.80
0.89
0.98
1.15
1.36
1.49
1.69
1.86
1.97
2.27
2.50
2.89
2.55
2.92
3.36
3.71
4.34
4.69
4.76
4.77

63
64
65
66
67
67
73
70
71
72
76
78
79
83
84
85
86
87
90
91
91
91
93
92
92

800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
720
720
800
800
800
580
580
580
560
560
510
460

itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

242.67
209.41
167.06
155.56
136.00
113.04
100.80
90.37
77.33
63.53
58.33
51.00
42.39
37.80
33.89
29.00
23.82
20.68
17.00
14.13
12.60
11.30
9.67
7.94

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
5
5
5
5
5
5

1.03
1.19
1.50
1.61
1.84
2.21
2.48
2.77
3.23
3.94
4.29
4.90
5.90
6.61
7.38
8.62
10.49
12.09
14.71
17.69
19.84
22.13
25.86
31.48

1250
1240
1230
1220
1200
1200
1190
1190
1165
1140
1180
1150
1120
1100
1090
1070
1060
1040
799
752
759
698
614
510

0.22
0.25
0.31
0.32
0.36
0.42
0.46
0.51
0.56
0.66
0.67
0.74
0.86
0.94
1.03
1.16
1.40
1.55
1.38
1.57
1.77
1.80
1.85
1.85

49
49
50
51
52
53
54
56
57
59
70
70
71
71
72
73
73
74
82
82
83
83
84
84

1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1140
1140
1140
1100
1050
950

5.77
6.69
8.38
9.00
10.29
12.38
13.89
15.49
18.10
22.04
24.00
27.45
33.03
37.04
41.31
48.28
58.77
67.71
82.35
99.08
111.11
123.93
144.83
176.30

1100
1060
1040
1020
1000
980
960
950
940
925
985
975
950
890
870
840
820
765
650
600
580
550
471
400

1.09
1.20
1.45
1.50
1.66
1.93
2.08
2.27
2.55
3.01
3.13
3.50
4.11
4.26
4.59
5.12
6.08
6.38
6.30
6.99
7.58
7.93
7.94
8.12

61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
70
71
79
80
80
81
82
83
83
85
89
89
89
90
90
91

1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1400
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1500
1140
1140
1140
1100
1050
950

Size

100

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 77

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power t ab le SS 125

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio itotal, iworm
on use with synthetic lubricant
Size

125

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

282.86
242.50
197.89
156.52
121.43
101.25
92.94
75.90
62.73
56.74
51.04
44.02
36.70
33.69
27.51
22.74
20.36
18.35
16.85
13.76
11.37
10.18
8.21

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
7.25
7.25
7.25
7.25
7.25
7.25

0.88
1.03
1.26
1.60
2.06
2.47
2.69
3.29
3.99
4.41
4.90
5.68
6.81
7.42
9.09
10.99
12.28
13.62
14.84
18.17
21.99
24.56
30.46

2200
2200
2190
2160
2150
2140
2120
2100
2080
1976
1918
1891
1880
1860
1840
1820
1800
1418
1362
1308
1280
1210
1000

0.39
0.46
0.55
0.67
0.83
0.97
1.03
1.23
1.45
1.25
1.33
1.50
1.76
1.88
2.27
2.69
2.93
2.50
2.58
3.00
3.51
3.66
3.75

52
52
53
54
56
57
58
59
60
73
74
75
76
77
77
78
79
81
82
83
84
85
85

2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200

4.95
5.77
7.07
8.94
11.53
13.83
15.06
18.45
22.32
24.67
27.43
31.81
38.14
41.55
50.89
61.57
68.76
76.29
83.11
101.77
123.14
137.51
170.57

2050
2010
1960
1900
1740
1720
1700
1600
1380
1600
1550
1500
1330
1250
1230
1220
1150
1125
1065
1030
930
890
760

1.71
1.93
2.27
2.74
3.09
3.61
3.78
4.23
4.36
5.04
5.36
5.95
6.32
6.40
7.71
9.15
9.52
9.99
10.30
12.06
13.18
13.93
14.60

62
63
64
65
68
69
71
73
74
82
83
84
84
85
85
86
87
90
90
91
91
92
93

2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2300
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200
2200

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

78 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power table SS 160

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio itotal, iworm
on use with synthetic lubricant
Size

160

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

276.35
238.00
204.71
178.50
153.53
149.09
119.00
111.82
102.35
89.25
76.76
74.55
63.20
61.41
55.91
51.72
51.18
47.40
44.73
38.38
37.27
31.60
29.57
25.86
23.66
19.71
16.36
14.79
13.64
10.23

54.00
40.00
40.00
30.00
30.00
40.00
20.00
30.00
20.00
15.00
15.00
20.00
20.00
12.00
15.00
20.00
10.00
15.00
12.00
7.50
10.00
10.00
15.00
10.00
12.00
10.00
12.00
7.50
10.00
7.50

0.90
1.05
1.22
1.40
1.63
1.68
2.10
2.24
2.44
2.80
3.26
3.35
3.96
4.07
4.47
4.83
4.89
5.27
5.59
6.51
6.71
7.91
8.45
9.67
10.57
12.68
15.28
16.91
18.33
24.44

3600
4100
4100
4100
4100
4100
4000
4100
3450
3000
2700
4100
4100
2400
3900
4100
2000
3800
3800
1500
3800
3800
3800
3800
3800
3800
3800
3500
3500
3500

0.64
0.84
0.95
1.09
1.27
1.26
1.29
1.66
1.30
1.28
1.32
2.03
2.39
1.31
2.57
2.88
1.31
2.96
2.82
1.31
3.42
3.99
4.43
4.75
5.13
6.08
7.24
7.29
7.91
10.30

53.0
54.0
55.0
55.0
55.0
57.0
68.0
58.0
68.0
69.0
70.0
71.0
71.0
78.0
71.0
72.0
78.0
71.0
79.0
78.0
78.0
79.0
76.0
81.0
82.0
83.0
84.0
85.0
85.0
87.0

3800
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300

5.07
5.88
6.84
7.84
9.12
9.39
11.76
12.52
13.68
15.69
18.24
18.78
22.15
22.80
25.04
27.07
27.36
29.54
31.30
36.48
37.56
44.30
47.34
54.13
59.18
71.01
85.56
94.69
102.67
136.89

2900
3600
3600
3500
3500
3500
3100
2900
3100
3100
3100
3100
2900
2620
2920
2600
2250
2600
2800
1660
2760
2725
2300
2310
2150
1900
1900
1750
1700
1500

2.30
3.17
3.63
3.94
4.58
4.71
4.83
5.00
5.48
6.29
7.13
7.44
8.20
7.19
8.90
8.67
7.24
9.35
10.43
7.21
12.20
14.21
12.96
14.55
14.80
15.70
18.91
19.07
20.08
23.63

67.0
70.0
71.0
73.0
73.0
73.0
79.0
76.0
81.0
81.0
83.0
82.0
82.0
87.0
86.0
85.0
89.0
86.0
88.0
88.0
89.0
89.0
88.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
91.0
91.0
91.0

3800
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300
4300

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 79

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power t ab le S S 25 0

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2, T2max [Nm]
Operating efficiency H [%]
Gear ratio itotal, iworm
on use with synthetic lubricant
Size

250

n1 = 250 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

266.50
205.00
200.20
167.30
154.00
128.70
119.35
99.74
80.37
77.00
64.35
59.68
58.40
51.85
49.87
45.26
40.19
38.50
32.17
30.48
29.20
25.93
22.63
19.67
15.24
13.14
10.19

52.00
40.00
52.00
52.00
40.00
40.00
31.00
31.00
31.00
20.00
20.00
15.50
20.00
20.00
15.50
15.50
15.50
10.00
10.00
15.50
10.00
10.00
7.75
10.00
7.75
10.00
7.75

0.94
1.22
1.25
1.49
1.62
1.94
2.09
2.51
3.11
3.25
3.89
4.19
4.28
4.82
5.01
5.52
6.22
6.49
7.77
8.20
8.56
9.64
11.05
12.71
16.40
19.02
24.54

12400
12400
12400
12400
12400
12400
12300
12300
12300
12300
12300
12200
12200
12200
12200
12200
12200
12400
12400
12000
12400
12400
12300
12400
12300
12000
12100

2.00
2.60
2.62
3.13
3.40
4.07
4.35
5.21
6.36
5.81
6.95
7.23
7.39
8.32
8.54
9.41
10.46
10.41
12.30
12.88
13.39
14.91
16.94
19.19
24.28
26.86
34.94

61.0
61.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
62.0
63.0
72.0
72.0
74.0
74.0
74.0
75.0
75.0
76.0
81.0
82.0
80.0
83.0
84.0
84.0
86.0
87.0
89.0
89.0

13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600

5.25
6.83
6.99
8.37
9.09
10.88
11.73
14.04
17.42
18.18
21.76
23.46
23.97
27.00
28.07
30.93
34.84
36.36
43.51
45.93
47.95
54.00
61.86
71.19
91.85
106.52
137.45

11000
10600
10000
9800
9800
9500
9400
9300
8600
10100
10000
9400
9500
8900
8800
8300
8100
9200
8800
7300
9000
8500
8400
7200
7000
6500
6000

7.96
9.72
9.51
11.00
11.66
13.36
14.08
16.47
18.90
22.10
26.19
26.24
27.10
28.60
28.74
29.87
32.83
38.50
44.07
39.00
49.12
52.25
58.52
58.34
72.40
77.96
92.86

76.0
78.0
77.0
78.0
80.0
81.0
82.0
83.0
83.0
87.0
87.0
88.0
88.0
88.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
91.0
91.0
90.0
92.0
92.0
93.0
92.0
93.0
93.0
93.0

13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600
13600

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

80 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Size SS 50 80.1

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2
Gear ratio iactual
radial forces FR1, FR2
Radial forces n1 = 1400 1/min
a = 50

a = 80

iactual

n2

145.29

9.64

600

5800

138.43

10.11

600

5800

126.67

11.05

600

5800

162.86

107.29

13.05

600

5800

149.33

85.50

16.37

600

5800

127.06

69.39

20.18

600

5200

117.78

FR1

FR2

iactual

n2

FR1

FR2

211.76

6.61

800

9600

178.46

7.84

800

9600

8.60

800

9700

9.38

800

9700

11.02

800

9850

11.89

800

9850

59.38

23.58

600

5000

95.29

14.69

800

9150

52.96

26.44

600

4900

88.33

15.85

800

8100

45.31

30.90

600

4800

73.60

19.02

800

7990

38.32

36.53

600

4800

61.43

22.79

800

7570

32.63

42.91

600

4500

55.20

25.36

800

7330

26.48

52.87

600

4100

46.07

30.39

800

6930

22.66

61.79

600

3700

41.00

34.15

800

6020

19.16

73.07

600

3500

36.80

38.04

800

6190

17.35

80.70

600

3350

30.71

45.58

800

5800

14.84

94.32

600

2950

27.60

50.72

800

5360

12.55

111.52

600

2850

23.04

60.78

800

5050

11.33

123.59

600

2600

20.50

68.29

800

4750

9.58

146.13

600

2400

18.40

76.09

800

4370

8.82

158.73

600

2300

15.36

91.16

800

4270

7.55

185.51

600

2250

13.67

102.44

800

3990

11.52

121.55

800

3630

10.25

136.59

800

3620

152.17

800

3270

182.33

800

3250

a = 63
iactual

n2

FR1

FR2

9.20

149.12

9.39

700

8350

7.68

142.07

9.85

700

8350

130.00

10.77

700

8500

110.12

12.71

700

8300

87.75

15.95

700

7400

71.22

19.66

700

7110

60.94

22.97

700

6280

52.96

26.44

700

6100

45.31

30.90

700

5900

38.32

36.53

700

5700

32.63

42.91

700

5580

26.48

52.87

700

5200

22.66

61.79

700

4570

19.16

73.07

700

4490

17.80

78.63

700

4100

15.23

91.90

700

3690

12.88

108.66

700

3420

11.33

123.59

700

3230

9.58

146.13

700

3110

8.82

158.73

700

3010

7.55

185.51

700

2860

Axial forces can absorb up to 50 % off the permissible

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 81

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Size SS 100 125

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2
Gear ratio iactual
radial forces FR1, FR2
Radial forces n1 = 1400 1/min
a = 100
iactual

a = 125

n2

FR1

FR2

iactual

n2

FR1

FR2
26500

242.67

5.77

2650

11860

282.86

4.95

3470

209.41

6.69

2630

11830

242.50

5.77

3450

26200

167.06

8.38

2620

11800

197.89

7.07

3440

26000

155.56

9.00

2600

11770

156.52

8.94

3400

23000

136.00

10.29

2580

11460

121.43

11.53

3380

21700

113.04

12.38

2560

11010

101.25

13.83

3360

20800

100.80

13.89

2510

10340

92.94

15.06

3310

19400

90.37

15.49

2470

9890

75.90

18.45

3280

18000

77.33

18.10

2430

8780

62.73

22.32

3260

17300

63.53

22.04

2400

7990

56.74

24.67

3300

16000

58.33

24.00

2340

7530

51.04

27.43

3270

15700

51.00

27.45

2290

7010

44.02

31.81

3250

14500

42.39

33.03

2280

6570

36.70

38.14

3210

13850

37.80

37.04

2250

6210

33.69

41.55

3180

13700
12400

33.89

41.31

2240

5680

27.51

50.89

3050

29.00

48.28

2210

5430

22.74

61.57

2700

11500

23.82

58.77

2080

4950

20.36

68.76

2690

10000

20.68

67.71

1860

4260

18.35

76.29

2680

9900

17.00

82.35

1840

2910

16.85

83.11

2690

10000

14.13

99.08

1780

2850

13.76

101.77

2680

9400

12.60

111.11

1760

2800

11.37

123.14

2660

6800

11.30

123.93

1700

2730

10.18

137.51

2650

8300

9.67

144.83

1770

3240

8.21

170.57

2700

8000

7.94

176.30

1900

3620

Axial forces can absorb up to 50 % off the permissible

82 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Helical-worm gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Size SS 160 250

Driving power P 1 [kW]


Rated speeds n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torques T2
Gear ratio iactual
radial forces FR1, FR2
Radial forces n1 = 1400 1/min
a = 160
iactual

a = 250

n2

FR1

FR2

iactual

n2

FR1

FR2

276.35

5.07

33000

266.50

5.25

30000

238.00

5.88

30100

205.00

6.83

30000

204.71

6.84

28000

200.20

6.99

3000

30000

178.50

7.84

27200

167.30

8.37

3000

30000

153.53

9.12

25700

154.00

9.09

3000

30000

149.09

9.39

4400

25900

128.70

10.88

3000

30000

119.00

11.76

24600

119.35

11.73

3000

30000

111.82

12.52

4370

24600

99.74

14.04

3000

30000

102.35

13.68

23000

80.37

17.42

3000

30000

89.25

15.69

21100

77.00

18.18

3000

30000
30000

76.76

18.24

20300

64.35

21.76

3000

74.55

18.78

4190

20500

59.68

23.46

3000

30000

63.20

22.15

4200

20000

58.40

23.97

3000

30000

61.41

22.80

19000

51.85

27.00

3000

30000

55.91

25.04

4060

18700

49.87

28.07

3000

30000

51.72

27.07

4240

19500

45.26

30.93

3000

30000

51.18

27.36

18200

40.19

34.84

3000

30000

47.40

29.54

4090

18100

38.50

36.36

3000

30000

44.73

31.30

3930

16700

32.17

43.51

3000

30000

38.38

36.48

15500

30.48

45.93

3000

30000

37.27

37.56

3800

15500

29.20

47.95

3000

30000

31.60

44.30

3740

15000

25.93

54.00

3000

30000
30000

29.57

47.34

4030

16400

22.63

61.86

3000

25.86

54.13

3800

15300

19.67

71.19

3000

30000

23.66

59.18

3930

15800

15.24

91.85

3000

30000

19.71

71.01

3850

15800

13.14

106.52

3000

30000

16.36

85.56

3850

15500

10.19

137.45

3000

30000

14.79

94.69

3700

15300

13.64

102.67

3780

15400

10.23

136.89

3700

15500

Axial forces can absorb up to 50 % off the permissible

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 83

Helical-worm gear units


Masse s/Lub ri c ant q uant i t i e s
Size SS 50.1 250
Masses [kg] without oil
Basic version with fan
Solid shaft
Type
SSVA/
SSKA

SSMA*

a
50.1
63.1
80.1
50.1
63.1
80.1

[kg]
17.2
22.0
30.5
14.5
19.2
28.3

Output
flange

Torque
bearing

1.6
3.6
4.9
1.6
3.6
4.9

1.4
1.7
2.6
1.4
1.7
2.6

1 Shaft 2 Shafts
0.8
1.0
1.4
1.6
2.2
2.5
0.8
1.0
1.4
1.6
2.2
2.5

Attachment parts
ShrinkCover
on disk
complete
0.5
1.0
1.6
0.5
1.0
1.6

2.0
2.0
2.4
2.0
2.0
2.4

105
1.0
1.0
1.0

with motor flange


SSK
A1 =
120
140
160
1.2
1.5
2.0
1.2
1.5
2.0
1.2
1.5
2.0

Coupling
24
0.25
0.25
0.25

28
0.60
0.60
0.60

* without motor
Basic version with fan
solid shaft
Typ
SSVA/
SSKA
SSVA

SSMA*

a
100
125
160
250
100
125
160
250

[kg]
64
90
150
457

1 Shaft 2 Shafts
4.8
6.0
9.8
12.6
14.0
20.0
41.0
62.0
4.8
6.0
9.8
12.6
14.0
20.0
41.0
62.0

output
flange

torque
bearing

7.5
11.7
18.0

7.5
11.7
18.0

4.2
6.6
12.0
43.0
4.2
6.6
12.0
43.0

Attachment parts
shrinkcover
on disk
complete
160
4.2
4.4
5.1
7.0
11.0
13.8

4.2
4.4
5.1
7.0
11.0
13.8

with motor flange


SSKA
A1 =
200 250 300
max. 73
90
91
94
162
167

coupling
350
100
173

gfj]im]kl
* without motor

Lubricant quantities (synthetic oil)


Size
B3
SS 50.1
SS 63.1
SS 80.1
SS 100
SS 125
SS 160
SS 250

[l]
0.55
0.58
1.50
1.7
4.0
6.0
22.0

B3I
[kg]
0.58
0.61
1.57
1.8
4.2
6.3
23.1

84 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

[l]
1.15
1.25
3.10
5.4
10.2
21.0
37.0

[kg]
1.21
1.30
3.25
5.7
10.7
22.1
38.9

Service position
B6
[l]
[kg]
1.10
1.15
1.10
1.16
3.25
3.40
5.0
5.3
8.6
9.1
15.0
15.8
50.0
52.5

B8
[l]
0.95
1.00
2.85
4.3
7.7
15.0
60.0

V5/V5 II
[kg]
1.00
1.05
3.00
4.5
8.1
15.8
63.0

[l]
1.05
1.25
2.20
3.8
6.5
10.0
40.0

[kg]
1.10
1.30
2.30
4.0
6.9
11.0
42.0

Helical-worm gear units


I nst allat io n g ui de li ne s

Mounting and assembly of attachable gearbox/gearbox motors


Attachable worm gearboxes are to be axially attached on the work
machine shaft. The exertion of force with an elastic socket dampens
torque impacts and prevents tension in the actuator. Always consider
that this leads to shifting of shafts between the force machine and the
worm shaft. It is recommended to flange the force machines to the
attachable gearbox or use jointed shafts.

one should be able to apply rust remover to the wheel-body centre position. This requires the crosswise drill hole to open out into
the area of the inside thread of the hollow shaft. To avoid tribocorrosion, it is recommended to treat the work-machine shaft with
a MoS2 surface-protector.

3
Size
50
63
80
100
125
160
250

D
25;30
30;35
40;45
50; 60
60; 70
70; 80
115

lo
122
127
156
188
220
245
322

l2
54
52
60
80
90
90
120

driven
machine

torque converter bearing

connecting shaft
for driven machine

l0

H7
k6 . . .

Measurements in mm
l2

10

0, 5

Following a longer period of use, attachable gearboxes can be difficult to pull off (due to weather-related or ambient influences and
frictional corrosion). To make this process easier, we recommend
the designation of a drill hole in the shaft end of the work machine
prior to assembly (see illustration above). Through this drill hole,
if necessary (following the connection of an injector or a pump),

spline for circlip in


accordance with DIN 472

Application guideline for the attachment of torque supports


In attachable gearbox motors/gearboxes and torque supports,
exterior forces are exerted on the work machine shaft. The forceexertion point and the direction of the action of the exterior force
depend on the position of the torque support and on the direction
of rotation. The torque support must be designated for attachment on the work-machine side of the gearbox motor/gearbox.
This minimizes the bending wear on the work machine shaft due to
exterior forces. The mounting bolt for the torque support must be
positioned on both sides.
Forces exerted:
Fm = force from the mass
Fs = force exerted on the torque-support mounting bolts
Fr = exterior force exerted on the work machine shaft
z = lever length for the torque support
n2 = rotation speed of the hollow shaft
T = output-drive torques
TR = reaction torque on the gearbox housing

The output-drive torque equals the reaction torque; however, in


the opposite direction. The appropriate selection of the force-exertion point and the direction of the action of the exterior force can
achieve (along with the force from the gearbox mass) a reduction
in the exterior force exerted upon the work machine shaft.

Lagerung der

DrehmomentArrangement
of
torque converter
bearing
240

270 0

210 0

180

300 0
315

225 0

n2

Fm

Fs

flexible
bushing

150

Fr

120

TR

60

900

Possible mounting for torque converter bearing


Size
50

60

63

80

100

125

120

135

150

160
250

90

210

r
r

180

300

315

330

r
r

270
r

r
r

240

r
r

225

r
r

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 85

>> THE IDE AL S TAGE FOR PRECISION


Low-noise gear versions are the real challenge in stage engineering.
No matter if the curtain falls, the scenes are shifted or the stage setting
is changed. The GFC whisper gear has a noise level of less than 55 dB(A)
when under load. This is ensured by smooth interaction of gear, electric
motor, dual brake and incremental encoder. Due to its excellent noise
absorbing properties, the first high-speed gear stage is implemented as
worm gear stage. The second stage consists of two helical, low-noise
precision spur gears. Combined with spherical
explorer roller bearings, they guarantee unimpaired
cultural pleasure.

The right setting in the right place, quiet and reliable. Worm gear motors
by GFC in the Bolshoi Theatre in Moscow.

Worm-helical gear units

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S T 97 15 0

Type SSTK

Type SSTK

Type SSTV

Gear motor unit

Drive-flange-coupling

Input-solid shaft

Output

SSTKA + Motor

SSTKA

*1)

SSTVA

hollow shaft

H *1)

SSTKAF + Motor

SSTKAF

SSTVAF

hollow shaft and flange

SSTKAS + Motor

SSTKAS

SSTVAS

*1)

hollow shaft with


shrink-on shaft

H *1)

SSTKAFS + Motor

SSTKAFS

SSTVAFS

hollow shaft, flange,


shrink-on shaft

SSTKAD + Motor

SSTKAD

SSTVAD

*1)

hollow shaft and


torque converter bearing

H *1)

SSTKV + Motor

SSTKV

SSTVV

solid shaft

SSTKVF + Motor

88 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

SSTKVF

SSTVVF

*1)

solid shaft and flange

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


*1) H If cover required, please add code letter, e. g. SSTKAH.

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S S T 97 15 0

Service position
Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling
B3

Checking oil level

Oil draining

B8
B8

B3

90-a
A

270-a
270-a

180-a

0-a

180-a

0-a

270-a
270-a
A

90-a

4
B3I

B6 (on request)

B6

B3I

0-a

90-a

270-a

270-a
B

180-a

180-a
270-a

90-a

270-a

0-a

V5
V5

V5II

V5

V5II
90-a

180-a

270-a

270-a
0-a

270-a

Side A; B = Mounting side for the:

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

Position of terminal box:

>> 0; 90; 180; 270

Cable insertion at

>> a
>> b ... towards the ventilation hood on the motor
>> c ... across from a

a
d

0-a
270-a

90-a

180-a

Shaft end on the output drive


Flange on the output drive
Torque support on the output drive
Cover hood on the output drive
Shrink disc on the output drive

Standard:

>> 270-a (shaft end, flange etc. at B)


>> 270-c (shaft end, flange etc. at A)

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 89

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S T V 97 15 0

SSTVA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)

u1

f4

60

d4

b2

HW

b2

h7

30

h6

h1

h4

22,5

d5

h3

45

xt

h2

30

b3
s3

l
l12

f4

s*2 x t 2

n2

side B

v1

side A

m1

s*1 x t 1

m2

n3

f1
k1

k2

h5

n1

s*1 x t 1

n3

side B

side A

l8
yx 45

l9

groove for circlip DIN 472

u3

d 4

y1

z


input shaft end

z


l0

d 1 +0,1

HW

l0

0,5

l1

HW

l10
l11

d 1 +0,1

v3
l0

 l/3
l

SSTVAF
Type with flange at the output

d7

s 4*

fixed with
stud and nut

cover at the output is


possible for all the types

f
c

m
h 12

l7

SSTVV
Type with solid shaft at the output

DM

SSTVVF
Type with solid shaft und flange at the output

DM
l4

l4

l3

l3
l2

l2

l5

d2

d2

u2

l5

v2

DM

l3
l6

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

90 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S S TV 97 1 5 0

Size

HW H7/d1

97

45/50

118

60/65

150

70/80

Hollow shaft
u1 /V1 l
l0
Js9
l1
19
14/48.8 180
24

y1
A
2
1
30
3.5
1.6
15
3
1.6
30

25
30
25
20/74.9 250
30
18/64.4 218

A b

Output
Flange
e1 h12 m c

130
165 120 27.5 12 3.5
js6
180
250
215 138 26.5 14 4
js6
250
300 170 36.5 20 5
350
h6

200

Cover
S4 l7 d7 d2 /DM
k6

11

101

190

35/12

14

120 240

45/16

18

146 290

60/20

Input
Size

d4

k6

d5
97
118
150

u3/v 3

H7

18
85
18
95
30
120

l8

l10

l9

l11

204 1.5
28 25
244 1.5
6/20.5
28 25
6/20.5

8/33

319
50

3.5
45

Solid shaft
l2
l4
l6
l3
l5
160 56
190
70
7
199 80
228
90
5
245 100
290
120 10

u2/ v2
10/38
14/48.5
18/64

Gear
f1

e3

s3

b2

js6

b3

e2

t3
4
4
7

M6
14
M10
115
15

100

140

M10
18

h1
h2

145
242
180
215
299

130

21

165

180

21

230

29 265

h3 h5 h6
h4

k1

k2

l8

f4

h7

m1 n1

n3

m2 n2

257
120
65
25
178 105 161 3.5
35
84
65
120
314
145
80
35
218 125 195 4
45
100
78
150

185
235 404
272 150 227
50
105
387 136

60
75

s1

s2

t1

t2

M12
20
M16
24

M10
16
M12
20

M20 M12
97 67
82.5
31 20
187 56

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 91

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S T K 97 15 0

SSTKA
Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)

u1

side B

l
l8

f4

h6
s*1 x t 1

m1

s*1 x t 1

m2

n1

f1

s3

n3

c1
k1

k2

h5

b1

A1

DKM

h4

v3

b2

b2

60

h1

e 3

h7

30

f2

HW

h2

h3

30

45

f4

n2

f3

b3

u3

s*2 x t 2

v1

side A

n3

side B

k3

side A

groove for circlip DIN 472

0,5

yx 45

l0

d 1 +0,1

l0

HW

HW

d 1 +0,1

y1

 l/3

l0

l1


SSTKAF
Type with flange at the output

fixed with
stud and nut

d7

*
s 4

cover at the output is


possible for all the types

f
m

l7

h 12

SSTKV
Type with solid shaft at the output

DM

SSTKVF
Type with solid shaft und flange at the output

DM
l4

d2

d2

u2

l5

l4

l5

v2

DM

l3

l3
l2

l2

l3
l6

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

92 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e S S TK 97 15 0

Size

IEC-Motor
Shaft end
DKM

Size

u3

V3

6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10

21.8
27.3
31.3
31.3
27
31.3
31.3
31.3
31.3
31.3
41.3
41.3

k3

A1
b1

80
90
100
112
90
100
112
132
100
112
132
160

97

118

150

Size

HWH7/d1

97

45/50

118

60/65

150

70/80

19x40
24x50
28x60
28x60
24x50
28x60
28x60
28x60 i.S.
28x60
28x60
38x80
38x80 i.S.

19
24
28
28
24
28
28
28
28
28
38
38

Hollow shaft
u1 /v1
l
l0 y y1 A
Js9
l1
A
2
19
200
1
14 /48.8 180
30
24
25
3.5
18/64.4 218
1.6
250
30
15
3
25
350
1.6
20/74.9 250
30
30

Output
Flange
h12 m c

b e1

130
165 120 27.5
js6
180
215 138 26.5
js6
250
300 170 36.5
h6

H7

Flange
e3

c 1

f2

s3

f1

f3

268

160
110

130
9

13
4

46
64

307

200
130

165
11

13
5

45
63

408

250
180

215
M12

16
7

70
89

Cover
Solid shaft
S4 l7 d7 d2 /DM l2 l4 l6 u2/ v2
k6
l3 l5
160 56
190 10/38
12 3.5 11 101 190
35/12
70 7
199 80
14 4 14 120 240
45/16
228 14/48.5
90 5
245 100
290 18/64
20 5 18 146 290
60/20
120 10
f

Gear
b2

b3

e2

130

21

165

180

21

215

230

29

265

js6

h1
h2
145
242
180
299
235
387

h3
h4
257
84
314
100
404
136

h5
25
35
50

h6
h7
120
65
145
78
185
105

k1

k2

l8

f4

178

105

161

3.5

218

125

195

272

150

227

m1
m2
65
120
80
150
97
187

n1
n2
35
45
67
56

n3
60
75
82.5

s1
t1
M12
20
M16
24
M20
31

s2
t2
M10
16
M12
20
M12
20

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 93

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S T K 97 15 0 wit h m ot or

SSTKA with motor


Slip-on model (hollow shaft at the output)

side A

k4

side B

k3

k0
k1

s*2 x t 2

g2

v1

S3 40%
d6

d5

A1

h1

h4

d6

g1

60

b3

HW

h2

h3

30

30

u1

m1

s*1 x t 1

m2

k2

l
f4

S1

f4

l8

groove for circlip DIN 472

n2

y1

yx 45

0,5

s*1 x t 1

l0

d 1 +0,1

HW

HW

l0

h6

b2

b2

h7

d 1 +0,1

l0
l1

h5

n1

 l/3


n3

n3

side A

side B

SSTKAF with motor


Type with flange at the output

fixed with
stud and nut

d7

s 4*

cover at the output is


possible for all the types

f
m

h 12

l7

SSTKV with motor


Type with solid shaft at the output

l5

DM

l4

d2

d2

u2

DM

SSTKVF with motor


Type with solid shaft und flange at the output

v2
l4

DM

l5

l3
l3

l3
l2

l6

l2

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

94 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S ST K 97 15 0 wit h m ot or

Size

97

118

150

kW
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
1.1
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
7.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
7.5
9.2
11.0
15.0

for IEC-Motor
Typ
80 K4
80 G4
90 S4
90 L4
100 L4
100 LX 4
112 M4
90 S4
90 L4
100 L4
100 LX4
112 M4
112 MX4
132 M4
100 L4
100 LX4
112 M4
112 MX4
132 M4
132 M4
160 M4
160 L4

A1
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

k0
375
375
410
432
468
503
537
410
432
468
503
537
598
626
468
503
537
598
626
646
744
816

Size
HWH7/d1
97

45/50

118

60/65

150

70/80

Hollow shaft
u1 /V1
l
l0 y y1
Js9
l1
A
2
19
1
14/48.8 180
30
24
3.5
25
1.6
18/64.4 218
15
30
25
3
20/74.9 250
1.6
30
30

k1
325
325
360
382
418
452
486
360
382
418
452
486
540
571
418
452
486
540
571
591
683
748

Output
Flange
A b e1 h12 m c

js6

b3

e2

97

130

21

165

118

180

21

215

150

230

29

265

h1
h2
145
242
180
299
235
387

h3
h4
257
84
314
100
404
136

g1
130
130
138
138
145
155
155
138
138
145
155
155
155
214
145
155
155
155
214
214
234
234

g2
110
110
120
120
160
200
200
120
120
160
200
200
220
220
160
200
200
200
220
220
220
250

k6

130
165 120 27.5 12 3.5 11 101 190
js6
180
215 138 26.5 14 4 14 120 240
250
js6
250
350
300 170 36.5 20 5 18 146 290
h6

h5
25
35
50

h6
h7
120
65
145
78
185
105

Gear
k3
k4

d4
137
137
155
155
192
213
213
155
155
192
213
213
213
258
192
213
213
213
258
258
310
310

Cover
f S4 l7 d7 d2 /DM

200

Size
b2

k 2
209
209
225
247
271
297
331
225
247
271
297
331
367
407
271
297
331
367
407
407
478
639

l8

f4

268

105

161

3.5

307

125

195

408

150

227

m1
m2
65
120
80
150
97
187

35/12
45/16
60/20

n1
n2
35
45
67
56

d5
125
125
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
200
200
200
250
250
250
315
400

d6
139
139
157
157
177
196
196
157
157
177
196
196
196
257
177
196
196
196
257
257
310
310

Solid shaft
l2
l4 l6 u2/v2
l3
l5
160 56
190 10/38
70 7
199 80
228 14/48.5
90 5
245 100
290 18/64
120 10

n3
60
75
82.5

s1
s2
t1
t2
M12 M10
20
16
M16 M12
24
20
M20 M12
31
20

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 95

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S T KA S 97 15 0/
S S T VA S 97 15 0
Slip-on model with shrink-on disk

f2

l12 + l13

f2

l8

d5

d4

d8

 d8

b2

m 10

m6

push-in shaft

l13

d7

l12

m7

d6

 n4

m8

Size
a
97
118
150

m9

Hollow shaft

Cap

b2js6

f2

l8

d4H7

d5H7

d6h6

d7h6

d8f7

m6

m7

m8

m9

m10

l12

l13

d8

n4

130
180
230

3.5
4
4

161
195
227

40
50
65

42
52
66

40
50
65

42
52
66

50
62
80

45
45
62

26
38
40

50
50
67

30
43
39

28
33.5
40

118
141
155

90
109
125

90
110
150

135
153
185

96 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Dimensions in mm

Worm-helical gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S S T 97 15 0

Torque converter bearings

z
d6
5
22,

d4

22,5

t2

d3

l2

l1

t1

t4

d5

t3

d1
d2

Size
z0.2 d1H8
97
118
150

200
250
310

130
180
230

d2

d3

d4H9

d5

d6+0.25

l1

l2

t1

t2

193
243
294

120
170
220

12
20
20

50
70
70

11.0
13.5
13.5

165
215
265

32
56
56

40
70
70

14
16
18

4.5
5.0
5.0

3
3
3

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.


Dimensions in mm / * strength class for screws 8.8

t3

t4

11.5 9.5
21.0 19.0
19.0 19.0

bolt 1)
9 x M10 x 25-DIN 933
8 x M12 x 35-DIN 933
8 x M12 x 35-DIN 933

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 97

Worm-helical gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power t ab le S S T 97 / SST 118

Drive power: P 1 [kW]


Rated speed: n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torque: T2, T2 max [Nm]
Operating efficiency: H [%]
Gear ratio: iworm, itotal
on use with synthetic lubricant

Size

97

n1 = 700 1/min
itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

149.50
122.57
111.17
96.72
91.14
82.18
74.75
71.92
61.29
55.58
48.36
45.57
41.09
37.37
30.64
24.18
20.54
17.98
15.18
11.98
10.18
7.90

39.00
39.00
29.00
39.00
29.00
39.00
19.50
29.00
19.50
14.50
19.50
14.50
19.50
9.75
9.75
9.75
9.75
7.25
4.83
4.83
4.83
4.83

4.68
5.71
6.30
7.24
7.68
8.52
9.36
9.73
11.42
12.59
14.47
15.36
17.04
18.73
22.84
28.95
34.07
38.93
46.11
58.44
68.78
88.56

630
620
590
510
580
500
620
510
610
610
520
600
440
600
580
520
440
470
505
405
335
295

0.46
0.55
0.55
0.58
0.66
0.67
0.77
0.73
0.92
0.99
1.00
1.19
0.99
1.38
1.63
1.85
1.85
2.18
2.77
2.82
2.74
3.10

67.0
67.0
71.0
67.0
71.0
67.0
79.0
71.0
79.0
81.0
79.0
81.0
79.0
85.0
85.0
85.0
85.0
88.0
88.0
88.0
88.0
88.0

1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
900
900
900
900
700
600

9.36
11.42
12.59
14.47
15.36
17.04
18.73
19.47
22.84
25.19
28.95
30.72
34.07
37.46
45.69
57.90
68.15
77.86
92.23
116.88
137.56
177.13

530
520
510
410
520
400
520
415
530
510
433
520
380
500
480
404
342
348
435
345
292
250

0.72
0.86
0.90
0.86
1.12
0.99
1.26
1.13
1.57
1.62
1.62
2.02
1.67
2.23
2.61
2.78
2.77
3.15
4.67
4.69
4.67
5.14

72.0
72.0
75.0
72.0
75.0
72.0
81.0
75.0
81.0
83.0
81.0
83.0
81.0
88.0
88.0
88.0
88.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
90.0
90.0

1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
900
900
900
900
700
600

Size

118

n1 = 1400 1/min

n1 = 700 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

156.22
136.90
114.00
99.90
78.11
68.45
57.00
49.95
46.44
39.06
34.23
28.50
24.98
19.00
16.65
12.08
9.82
8.05

37.00
37.00
27.00
27.00
18.50
18.50
13.50
13.50
11.00
9.25
9.25
6.75
6.75
4.50
4.50
6.75
4.50
4.50

4.48
5.11
6.14
7.01
8.96
10.23
12.28
14.01
15.07
17.92
20.45
24.56
28.03
36.84
42.04
57.95
71.30
86.93

1300
1180
1250
1100
1210
1110
1190
1100
1170
1190
1130
1150
1030
1010
950
690
600
510

0.86
0.89
1.07
1.08
1.38
1.45
1.82
1.92
2.15
2.51
2.72
3.29
3.36
4.28
4.60
4.65
4.92
5.10

71.0
71.0
75.0
75.0
82.0
82.0
84.0
84.0
86.0
89.0
89.0
90.0
90.0
91.0
91.0
90.0
91.0
91.0

1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1700
1700
1600
1600
1200
1200
1000

8.96
10.23
12.28
14.01
17.92
20.45
24.56
28.03
30.14
35.85
40.91
49.12
56.06
73.68
84.08
115.90
142.59
173.85

1190
1060
1050
960
1100
1000
1030
970
1000
1060
990
985
865
850
780
500
475
400

1.47
1.49
1.71
1.78
2.43
2.52
3.05
3.27
3.55
4.37
4.66
5.51
5.52
7.05
7.39
6.60
7.63
7.83

76.0
76.0
79.0
79.0
85.0
85.0
87.0
87.0
89.0
91.0
91.0
92.0
92.0
93.0
93.0
92.0
93.0
93.0

1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1800
1700
1700
1600
1600
1200
1200
1000

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

98 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm-helical gear units


Te c hni c al dat a
Power tab le SST 1 50

Drive power: P 1 [kW]


Rated speed: n1, n2 [1/min]
Output torque: T2, T2 max [Nm]
Operating efficiency: H [%]
Gear ratio: iworm, itotal
on use with synthetic lubricant

Size

150

n1 = 700 1/min

n1 = 1400 1/min

itotal

iworm

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

n2

T2

P1

T2 max*

151.52
135.13
110.57
98.61
88.56
75.76
67.57
55.29
49.30
44.28
37.88
33.78
30.34
27.64
24.65
22.14
18.43
16.43
14.76
11.31
10.09
7.54

37.00
37.00
27.00
27.00
27.00
18.50
18.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
9.25
9.25
9.25
6.75
6.75
6.75
4.50
4.50
4.50
6.75
4.50
4.50

4.62
5.18
6.33
7.01
7.90
9.24
10.36
12.66
14.20
15.81
18.48
20.72
23.07
25.32
28.39
31.62
37.98
42.59
47.43
61.91
69.37
92.87

2300
2100
2000
1900
1800
1900
1800
2000
1900
1800
1900
1800
1700
1800
1700
1550
1500
1400
1300
1100
1100
900

1.57
1.60
1.84
1.93
2.01
2.33
2.44
3.27
3.44
3.59
4.23
4.44
4.61
5.36
5.68
5.70
6.63
6.86
7.09
7.92
8.78
9.62

71.0
71.0
72.0
73.0
74.0
79.0
80.0
81.0
82.0
83.0
87.0
88.0
89.0
89.0
89.0
90.0
90.0
91.0
91.0
90.0
91.0
91.0

2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700

9.24
10.36
12.66
14.20
15.81
18.48
20.72
25.32
28.39
31.62
36.96
41.44
46.14
50.65
56.79
63.23
75.97
85.18
94.85
123.83
138.74
185.74

2000
1800
1800
1680
1600
1700
1600
1700
1600
1500
1700
1600
1500
1600
1490
1330
1300
1200
1100
850
890
760

2.62
2.64
3.18
3.29
3.44
4.06
4.23
5.43
5.66
5.84
7.48
7.80
8.05
9.43
9.74
9.68
11.37
11.64
11.88
12.11
14.06
16.07

74.0
74.0
75.0
76.0
77.0
81.0
82.0
83.0
84.0
85.0
88.0
89.0
90.0
90.0
91.0
91.0
91.0
92.0
92.0
91.0
92.0
92.0

2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700

* The maximum output torques may be reached quite often in momentary load but they may not be exceeded.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 99

Worm-helical gear units


Te c hni c al d at a
Siz e S S T 97 15 0

Total transmission ratio itotal


Output speed n2 [1/min]
Drive power P 1 [kW]
Output torque T2 [Nm]
Radial force output FR2 [N]

Radial forces n1 = 1400 1/min


SST 118

SST 97
itotal

n2

P1

T2

FR2

itotal

n2

P1

T2

FR2

149.50
122.57
111.17
96.72
91.14
82.18
74.75
71.92
61.29
55.58
48.36
45.57
41.09
37.37
30.64
24.18
20.54
17.98
15.18
11.98
10.18
7.90

9.36
11.42
12.59
14.47
15.36
17.04
18.73
19.47
22.84
25.19
28.95
30.72
34.07
37.46
45.69
57.90
68.15
77.86
92.23
116.88
137.56
177.13

0.72
0.86
0.9
0.86
1.12
0.99
1.26
1.13
1.57
1.62
1.62
2.02
1.67
2.23
2.61
2.78
2.77
3.15
4.67
4.69
4.67
5.14

530
520
510
410
520
400
520
415
530
510
433
520
380
500
480
404
342
348
435
345
292
250

9000
9000
9000
9000
9000
8500
8100
8000
7500
7200
6900
6500
6300
6100
5500
5000
4800
4400
4300
4000
4000
3500

156.22
136.90
114.00
99.90
78.11
68.45
57.00
49.95
46.44
39.06
34.23
28.50
24.98
19.00
16.65
12.08
9.82
8.05

8.96
10.23
12.28
14.01
17.92
20.45
24.56
28.03
30.14
35.85
40.91
49.12
56.06
73.68
84.08
115.90
142.59
173.85

1.47
1.49
1.71
1.78
2.43
2.52
3.05
3.27
3.55
4.37
4.66
5.51
5.52
7.05
7.39
6.60
7.63
7.83

1190
1060
1050
960
1100
1000
1030
970
1000
1060
990
985
865
850
780
500
475
400

12000
11500
11000
11000
11000
10000
9000
8400
7900
7500
7300
7300
6200
5300
5100
4800
4700
4500

SST 150
itotal

n2

P1

T2

FR2

151.52
135.13
110.57
98.61
88.56
75.76
67.57
55.29
49.30
44.28
37.88
33.78
30.34
27.64
24.65
22.14
18.43
16.43
14.76
11.31
10.09
7.54

9.24
10.36
12.66
14.20
15.81
18.48
20.72
25.32
28.39
31.62
36.96
41.44
46.14
50.65
56.79
63.23
75.97
85.18
94.85
123.83
138.74
185.74

2.62
2.64
3.18
3.29
3.44
4.06
4.23
5.43
5.66
5.84
7.48
7.80
8.05
9.43
9.74
9.68
11.37
11.64
11.88
12.11
14.06
16.07

2000
1800
1800
1680
1600
1700
1600
1700
1600
1500
1700
1600
1500
1600
1490
1330
1300
1200
1100
850
890
760

20000
20000
20000
20000
18000
17000
16000
15000
15000
14000
13500
13500
13000
12000
11500
11500
10000
9000
9000
8500
8000
8000
Axial forces can absorb up to 50 % off the permissible radial forces.

100 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Worm-helical gear units


Masse s/ Lub r i c ant q uant i ti e s
Siz e S ST 97 15 0

Masses [kg] without oil


Basic version

Attachment parts

Type

[kg]

SSTVA
SSTVA
SSTVA

97
118
150

32
56
101

solid shaft
flange torque
1 Shaft 2 Shafts output bearing
2.8
3.3
4.2
3.0
6.0
7.1
6.5
5.1
10
13
16.0
7.4

Shrink-on
disk
complete

Cover

2.4
4.3
7.0

1.6
2.2
4.0

cover
1.6
2.2
4.0

Coupling
Rotex-St-Nabe
DKM

Motor flange
SSTK
A1 =
160
3.5

200

250

4.0
9.5

24
1.3
1.3
1.3

28
1.3
1.3
1.3

38
2.6
2.6
2.6

Lubricant quantities [l] (synthetic oil)


Size
SST 97
SST 118
SST 150

Service position
B3
1.75
3.7
5.7

B3I
3.7
6.3
12

B6
1.9
3
5

B8
3
6.1
11

V5
3
7.4
11

V5II
3
7.4
11

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 101

Worm-helical gear units


I nst allat i o n g ui d e li ne s

Mounting and assembly of attachable gearbox/gearbox motors


Attachable worm gearboxes are to be axially attached on the work
machine shaft. The exertion of force with an elastic socket dampens torque impacts and prevents tension in the actuator. Always
consider that this leads to shifting of shafts between the force machine and the worm shaft. It is recommended to flange the force
machines to the attachable gearbox or use jointed shafts.
Size
97
118
150

D1
45
60
70

D2
50
65
80

I1
24
30
30

I2
68
80
90

I3
156
188
220

corrosion, it is recommended to treat the work-machine shaft with


a MoS2 surface-protector.

torque converter bearing

driven machine

shaft of driven machine

Measurements in mm

D2

D2

D1

+0,1

Following a longer period of use, attachable gearboxes can be difficult to pull off (due to weather-related or ambient influences and
frictional corrosion). To make this process easier, we recommend
the designation of a drill hole in the shaft end of the work machine
prior to assembly (see illustration above). Through this drill hole,
if necessary (following the connection of an injector or a pump),
one should be able to apply rust remover to the wheel-body centre position. This requires the crosswise drill hole to open out into
the area of the inside thread of the hollow shaft. To avoid tribo-

+0,1

l3

l1

0, 5

10
l2

H7
k6

...

h8

Application guideline for the attachment of torque supports


In attachable gearbox motors/gearboxes and torque supports, exterior forces are exerted on the work machine shaft. The forceexertion point and the direction of the action of the exterior force
depend on the position of the torque support and on the direction
of rotation. The torque support must be designated for attachment on the work-machine side of the gearbox motor/gearbox.
This minimizes the bending wear on the work machine shaft due to
exterior forces. The mounting bolt for the torque support must be
positioned on both sides.

tion point and the direction of the action of the exterior force can
achieve (along with the force from the gearbox mass) a reduction
in the exterior force exerted upon the work machine shaft.

Fs

Arrangement of torque
converter bearing

Forces exerted:
Fm = force from the mass
Fs = force exerted on the torque-support mounting bolts
Fr = exterior force exerted on the work machine shaft
z = lever length for the torque support
n2 = rotation speed of the hollow shaft
T = output-drive torques
TR = reaction torque on the gearbox housing

Fs
2

270
240
225

300

n2

Fm

210 0

315

Fs
2

330 0

0
180

Fr

The output-drive torque equals the reaction torque; however, in


the opposite direction. The appropriate selection of the force-exer-

150

flexible
bushing

135

30

120

45 0

TR

600

90

Possible mounting positions for torque converter bearing


Size
97
118
150

60

90

120

150

180

210

240

270

300

30

45

102 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

135

225

315

330
r
r

Worm-helical gear units


N o te s

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 103

>> M A XIMUM TORQUE IN COMPAC T DESIGN


By combining two single-stage worm gear units, significant speed reduction
can be achieved in spite of the smaller and compact design. GFC supplies
dual stage double worm gear units and double worm gear motors in three
sizes with various transmission ratios. The drive unit can be
designed as solid shaft or flange with coupling; the output
drive as solid shaft, hollow shaft or in combination with
an output flange.

5
Double-worm gear units

Double-worm gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e DS 8 0.1 DS 3 15 .1

By combining two standard worm gear units (refer to chapter 2), very high transmission ratios can be implemented in a compact design:
Size
DS 80.1

Primary Stage*
S 40.1

Main stage
S 80.1

Overall transmission ratio i


up to 3160

DS 100.1

S 50.1

S 100.1

up to 3320

DS 125.1
DS 160.1
DS 200.1
DS 250.1
DS 315.1

S 63.1
S 80.1
S 100.1
S 125.1
S 160.1

S 125.1
S 160.1
S 200.1
S 250.1
S 315.1

up to 4240
up to 4400
up to 4280
up to 3320
up to 3444

* Helical worm gear units can also be used as primary stage (refer to chapter 3), thus additionally increasing the overall transmission ratio.

Due to the modular design, the different versions and attachments of the respective single stage
worm gear units are also available for the dual stage worm gear units:
DS

Size

Output drive/output:
A hollow shafts (various diameters)
AF hollow shaft and flange
AS hollow shaft for shrink disc
AFS hollow shaft for shrink disc and flange
AD hollow shaft and torque reaction lever
V solid shaft (various diameters)
VF solid shaft and flange

Drive unit/input:
V solid shaft
M Motor for direct mounting1
K Motor flange and solid shaft for coupling (IEC)
P Motor flange and primary hollow shaft (IEC)2

Dimension sheets are available on request.

1) Sizes DS80.1 to DS160.1 only / 2) Sizes DS200.1 to DS315.1 only

106 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Double-worm gear units


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e DS 80.1 3 1 5 . 1

Service position
Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling

Checking oil level

B3/B3

Oil draining

B8/B3

D
A

90-a
180-a
270-a
270-a
0-a

0-a

E
180-a

270-a

270-a

90-a

B3I/B3

B6/B3 (on request)

0-a

270-a

90-a

5
180-a

D
270-a

D
A

E
C
A
270-a

E
C
270-a
0-a
180-a

90-a

Other service position on request

Side A; B; C; D; E

= Fixing possible

Side A; B = Mounting side for the:

>>
>>
>>
>>
>>

Position of terminal box:

>> 0; 90; 180; 270

Cable insertion at

>> a
>> b ... towards the ventilation hood on the motor
>> c ... across from a

Shaft end on the output drive


Flange on the output drive
Torque support on the output drive
Cover hood on the output drive
Shrink disc on the output drive

b
c
Standard:

>> 270-a (shaft end, flange etc. at B)


>> 270-c (shaft end, flange etc. at A)

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 107

>> GFC ELE VATOR GE AR UNIT S A SAFE BE T


Due to their silent and steady operation. GFC gear units are ideal for use
in elevator construction. We supply completely assembled elevator
gear units with traction sheave, spherical roller bearings, motor and
incremental encoder. The double brake (with monitoring as an
option) can be controlled separately and provides utmost safety.
Multi-stage tooth profiles achieve high efficiency while keeping
energy consumption at a minimum. Due to their compact design,
GFC gear units are suitable for applications with or without power
room. Elevator gear units can be supplied with handwheel,
traction sheave clamp, encoder cable or preset frequency
inverter.

GFC offers low-noise gear boxes for elevator traction sheave applications.

6
Elevator gear boxes

Elevator gear boxes


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S MV D 8 0 160

Lift actuators
Type SSMVD 80 160
Z
k2

k0

k1
k3

d 3

a 3

h1

n3

n2

h2

n1

h3

d 2

g2

g1

traction sheave

l2

l3

l3

l5

l4

l4

Z
h5

d 4

floating
bearing

fixed bearing

t1

m3

m4

d 1

h4

floating bearing

s1
m2

side B

b2

side A

m1

b1
l1

possible mounting positions for torque converter bearing


SSMVD 100

SSMVD 80

SSMVD 125160

270

270
300

240

270
300

240

225

210

210

180

180

180

150

150

135
60

120

120
90

90

90

motor position

Service position
Ventilation and oil filling
B3

Checking oil level


B8

Oil draining

B3I

B6
A

A
B

Possible attachment positions for the torque support (see Application guideline for the attachment of torque supports).
Position of terminalbox and cable inlets see SS50.1-80.1-Service position and SS100-160-Service position.

Dimensions in mm / For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

110 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Elevator gear boxes


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S SMV D 8 0 1 6 0

Size
a

for IEC motor


kw
Typ
2.2
100 L4
3.0
100 LX4
4.0
112 M4
2.2
100 L4
3.0
100 LX4
4.0
112 M4
5.5
112 MX4
7.5
132 M4
4.0
112 M4
5.5
112 MX4
7.5
132 M4
9.2
132 M4
11.0
160 M4
15.0
160 L4
5.5
112 MX4
7.5
132 M4
9.2
132 M4
11.0
160 M4
15.0
160 L4
18.5
180 M4
22.0
180 L4

80

100

125

160

k0
507
546
580
507
546
580
641
650
580
641
626
646
744
816
641
626
646
717
789
841
880

a3
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
300

k3
457
495
529
457
495
529
583
595
529
583
571
591
683
748
583
571
591
656
721
773
812

g1
145
155
155
145
155
155
155
214
155
155
214
214
234
234
155
214
214
234
234
254
254

g2
160
200
200
160
200
200
220
220
200
220
220
220
220
250
220
220
220
220
250
330
330

d2
192
213
213
192
213
213
213
258
213
213
258
258
310
310
213
258
258
310
310
350
350

d3
200
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
200
250
250
250
315
400
250
250
250
315
400
400
400

6
Size

Traction sheave
b1
b2
100
110
118
114
100
110
118
114
118
114
158
154
118
114
118
114
158
154
118
114
118
114
158
154

d1
330
400
330
400
520
330
400
520
520
400
520
520

80

100

125

160

Size

max. rope-
8
10
8
10
13
8
10
13
13
10
13
13

Torque converter
bearing

Gear

k1

k2

h1

80
100
125
160

140
160
195
245

106
125
150
195

145
180
225
280

h2

h3

245 20
323 26
392 30
475 44

l1

l2

l3

l4

l5

497.5
613.5
657.0
709.5

141.5
170.5
191.5
218.0

110.5
139.5
141.5
147.0

161
195
207
250

45.0
55.0
57.5
62.5

d4H9 h4 h5
12
20
20
24

40
70
70
115

12.5
25.0
23.0
54.0

Plummer block bearing


y

m1

m2

m3 m 4

200
250
310
380

205
275
280
320

170
230
230
260

90
110
115
125

n1

n2

n3

s1

t1

60 113 60
80 149 80
80 155 80
90 183 95

25
30
30
32

20
24
24
28

15
18
18
22

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 111

Elevator gear boxes


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S T KV D 97 15 0

Lift actuators
Type SSTKVD 97 150
Z
k2

k1

k0

traction sheave

d 3

a 3

h1

h3

d 2

h2

g2

g1

k3

side E

side C
l1
l3

l2

l3

l5

l4
l4

n1
n2

floating bearing

d 1

m4

t1

h4

h5

d 4

s1
n3

m2

floating
bearing

m1

side B

fixed bearing

b2

side A

b1

possible mounting positions for torque converter bearing


SST 97118

SST 150

270

270
300

240

315
225

330

210

180

180

150
135
120
90

90

Service position
Ventilation and oil filling
B3

Checking oil level


B8

Oil draining

B3I

B6 (on request)
A

A
B

Possible attachment positions for the torque support (see Application guideline for the attachment of torque supports).
Position of ventilation and oil filling see SST operating positions.

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

112 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Elevator gear boxes


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e S S T KV D 9 7 1 5 0

Size

for IEC motor

a
97

118

150

kw

Type

a3

k0

k3

g1

g2

d2

d3

2.2
3.0
4.0
2.2
3.0
4.0
5.5
7.5
4.0
5.5
7.5
9.2
11.0
15.0

100 L4
100 LX4
112 M4
100 L4
100 LX4
112 M4
112 MX4
132 M4
112 M4
112 MX4
132 M4
132 M4
160 M4
160 L4

160
160
160
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
250

468
503
537
468
503
537
598
626
537
598
626
646
744
816

418
452
486
418
452
486
540
571
486
540
571
591
683
748

145
155
155
145
155
155
155
214
155
155
214
214
234
234

160
200
200
160
200
200
220
220
200
220
220
220
220
250

192
213
213
192
213
213
213
258
213
213
258
258
310
310

200
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
200
250
250
250
315
400

Size

Traction sheave
b1
b2
100
110
118
114
100
110
118
114
118
114
158
154
118
114
118
114
158
154

d1
330
400
330
400
520
330
400
520
520

97

118

150

Size
a
97
118
150

max. rope-
8
10
8
10
13
8
10
13
13

Torque converter
bearing

Gear
k1

k2

h1

h2

h3

l1

l2

l3

l4

l5

268 105 145 257 84 497.5 141.5 110.5 161 45.0


307 125 180 314 100 613.5 170.5 139.5 195 55.0
408 150 235 404 136 657.0 191.5 141.5 227 57.5

d4H9 h4 h5
12
20
20

Plummer block bearing


m1

m2

m3

40 12.5 200 205 170 90


70 25.0 250 275 230 110
70 23.0 310 280 230 115

m4

n1

n2

n3

s1

t1

60 113 60
80 149 80
80 155 80

25
30
30

20
24
24

15
18
18

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 113

Elevator gear boxes


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S S MV D 25 0

Lift actuators
Type SSMVD 250

307,5

traction sheave

630

43 7

8 41

170

217,5

217,5

92,5

170
floating bearing

d 1
250

420 js6
360

253

431

450

45

271

410

710

140

114

480

512

fixed bearing

side A

side B

b2

UBLA-225M-04C

b1

1015

possible mounting positions for torque converter bearing

270
300

240

170

185

120

26
50 H9

180

24

110

100

40

330
210

150

130

350

161,5

290

60

120
90

410
motor position

Service position
B3I

checking oil
level

d1
600
640
640
700
800

Traction sheave
b1
b2
180
160
180
160
180
240
180
160
180
160

max. rope-
15
16
16
16
20

64

ventilation

oil draining

checking oil
level

separated lubricant chambers


I+II stage
180 ~

Possible attachment positions for the torque support (see Application guideline for the attachment of torque supports).
Position of terminalbox and cable inlets see SS100-250-Service position.

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

114 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Elevator gear boxes


N o te s

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 115

Elevator gear boxes

Actuator systems for electric lifts (elevators)


>> General

Information

>> 320 2500 kg Suspension 1:1


>> 320 5000 kg Suspension 2:1
>> Brake

motor:

>> Operation on FU
>> Voltage 3 x 400 V
>> Incremental transmitter 1024 imp., TTL (optional: HTL, sinus)
>> Spool voltage, brake: 24 VDC (optional: 205 VDC)
>> Traction

sheave

>> Hardness > 220 HB (optional: Traction-sheave groove


hardened)
>> Characteristics

>> Suitable for applications with or without an engine room


>> Electro-magnetic double brake, low-noise,
separately controllable, features manual ventilation
>> Degree of protection: IP 54
>> High effectiveness due to multi-gear splines,
low energy consumption also low-noise,
compact and space-saving
>> calculation in accordance with EN 81 for driving ability
and rope safety

116 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

>> Scope

of supply

>> Lift (elevator) actuator: completely assembled,


including traction sheave, pendular roller bearing, motor with
double brake and incremental transmitter
>> Includes acceptance-relevant technical documentation
and operation guide
>> Options

>> Brake with monitoring feature (micro-switch)


>> Handwheel
>> Traction-sheave terminal
>> Transmitter cable
>> Pre-set frequency inverter (incl. SM keypad, network filter,
braking resistance)
>> SM-Keypad Plus
>> Personalization capacity
>> Operable at a max. distance of 30 m (cable required)
>> Comfort controls (SM application lite)

GFC delivers gearless drives for elevators too.


(See chapter 12 gearless drives, page 198)

Elevator gear boxes

Information needed for processing orders


work to frequency converter
number of pieces
pay load [kg]
car weight [kg]
counterweight [kg]
speed [ms-1]
delivery height [m]
suspension

GFC AntriebsSysteme GmbH


Grenzstrae 5, D-01640 Coswig
phone +49 (0)3523/94-60
fax +49 (0) 3523/74 142
E-Mail gfc-antriebe@gfc-antriebe.de

company

... : 1

number of tail [p]


>> of divertion sheaves [p]
>> of invertion sheaves [p]
>> average diameter [mm]
tail
type of rope
number of rope [p]
diameter of rope [mm]
rope compensation [%]
traction sheave [mm]
arc of contact []
position of the elevator gear unit
position of traction sheave (look from motor)
voltage
frequency
starting per hour
Impulse encoder
>> impulses
>> output signals
brake
>> voltage
>> with micro switch
hand wheel
offer about frequency converter
delivery date
options:

antifriction bearing

slide bearing

project

above
left

below
right

6
180

240

....

1024 ...
TTL

HTL

1Vss

24 VDC

205 VDC

yes
yes

no
no

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 117

Elevator gear boxes


Te c hni c al dat a
S iz e S S 8 0.1 160 /
S S T 97 15 0

Service position SS 80.1 160


Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling

Checking oil level

B3

Oil draining

B8

B
B3I

B6

Service position SST 97 150


Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling

Checking oil level

B3

Oil draining

B8

B
B3I

B6

118 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Elevator gear boxes


Te c hni c al da ta
S i z e SS 25 0

Service position SS 250


Position of ventilation and oil filling, terminal box and cable inlets
Ventilation and oil filling

Checking oil level

B3

Oil draining

B3I

separated lubricant chambers


I+II stage

stage I
stage II

Calculating of traction sheave shaft


calculation of axle load:

calculation method DIN 743 (2000)


Q serviceload (kg)
mFK car weight (kg)
mGG counterweight (kg)
mrope rope weight (kg)
mCR rope compensation (kg)
mTrav weight of trailing cable (kg)
r suspension
B wrap angle ()
Material traction sheave 42CrMoS4+QT EN10083-1

FS1 =

(Q + mFK + mCR + mTrav) 9.81


+ mTR 9.81
r

FS2 =

mGG . 9.81
+ mrope 9.81
r

FS1

minimum
safety factor
Sicherheitswert

d 2

d 1

3,5
3,0

2,5
2,0
1,5
1,0
0,5
0
0

l2
FR

FS2

fatigue
strenght
of traction sheave
Dauerfestigkeit
Treibscheibenwelle

T2

l4

FAchse = F2S1 + F2S2 - 2 FS1 FS2 cosB

FAchse
T2

20

40

60

80

100

120

axle weight in KN

l3
SSMVD 80/SSTKVD 97

l1

SSMVD 160
SSMVD 100/SSTKVD 118
SSMVD 250
SSMVD 125/SSTKVD 50

mGetr. max. weight gear unit (kg)


mTR max. traction sheave (kg)
FAchse axle load (N)
FR output torque (N)
T2 force torque arm (Nm)

Minimum safety factor for the traction sheave shaft is fixed with
1.5. The references in the manual have to consider for the design of
surface clamping from bearing housing.

Geartype

l1
[mm]

l2
[mm]

l3
[mm]

l4
[mm]

d1
[mm]

d2
[mm]

mGetr.

mTR

[kg]

[kg]

FR
[N]

T2
[Nm]

SSMVD 80
SSMVD 100
SSMVD 125
SSMVD 160
SSMVD 250
SSTKVD 97
SSTKVD 118
SSTKVD 150

362.5
449.5
474.5
512.0
742.5
362.5
449.5
474.5

110.5
139.5
141.5
147.0
217.5
110.5
139.5
141.5

110.5
139.5
141.5
147.0
217.5
110.5
139.5
141.5

88.0
107.5
115.5
128.5
185.0
88.0
107.5
125.5

45
60
70
80
115

45
60
70

50
65
75
85
120
50
65
75

78
134
251
391
970
85
146
280

45
65
95
145
200
45
65
95

2100
4000
5800
7900
15800
2500
4100
5800

420
1000
1800
3000
10000
500
1030
1800

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 119

>> ESC AL ATOR GE AR UNIT S WITHOU T COMPROMISE


No matter, whether you go to airports, underground stations or department
stores, it is impossible to imagine everyday life without escalators. The core
of all systems is the drive technology, imperatively meeting highest demands.
A matter of course for GFC. We guarantee high resilience and operational
reliability, long service performance, safety and economic viability. Our gear
units keep the noise-level constantly below 55 dB (A), are
lubricated for life and subject to continuous quality
control from incoming goods to final inspection
at the acoustic measurement room. GFC fulfils all
requirements according to standards DIN 3990,
EN 115 and APTA according to the customers
product specifications.

GFC worm gear units with pinions for use in escalators convince
by low noise and outstanding performance.

Escalator gear boxes

Escalator gear boxes


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S O G 125

SOG 125

ventilation with
oil dip stick

214

180 H7
side B

170 -0,2

338 -0,1

60 n6

(168)

40

62,5 0,2

oil draining

~ 233,5

Y
X

~326

45

195

~250

side B

50

pinion

125 + 0,5

257

~533

18

31,3

8 Js9

A-A

60
32

24

123,5

M12

19,5

42

42

H7

64
16

249

123,5

231

DIN332-DM20
23,5

26

5,5

15

16

26
28 G7

26

Pinion
Pinion type
Duplex-1 1/4'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8187
Duplex-1 1/4'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8188

X
[mm]
162.3
163.7

Y
[mm]
217.1
217.1

For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.

122 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Escalator gear boxes


Di m e nsio n s he e ts
S iz e SO G 1 6 0

SOG 160

X
230 H7

40

L2 0,2

side B

20

oil draining

165 -0,2

336 -0,1

(171)

D n6

6 +0,1

L1

side A

Z
~L3

oil filling

Y
ventilation with
oil dip stick

X
pinion

45

50
3

00

326

250

160 +0,05

side B

538

mounting side of spocket wheel must be named


on the purchase order

Z
227

253

18

38

G7

41,3

DIN332-DM20

10 Js9

42

123,5

64

16

23,5

26

side A

123,5

L1
[mm]
239
239
214
214
239
239

L2
[mm]
89
89
62.5
62.5
89
89

42
6

26

16

26

42

60

Pinion

A-A

B-B

M16

M16

24

28

Duplex-1 1/2'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8187


Duplex-1 1/2'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8188
Duplex-1 1/4'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8187
Duplex-1 1/4'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8188
Triplex-1 1/4'' (triple) f. chain according to DIN 8187
Triplex-1 1/4'' (triple) f. chain according to DIN 8188

L3
X
Y
Z
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
258.5 168.9 240.9
258.5 172 240.9
232 160.8 215.6
232 162.2 215.6
258.5 162.3
253.7
258.5 164.5
253.7

25

Pinion type

38 G7
D
[mm]
70
70
60
60
70
70

Dimensions in mm / featherkey ways according to DIN 6885 / * strength class for screws 10.9

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 123

Escalator gear boxes


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e S O G 18 0


SOG 180

3600,2

~324
15

M12

~324

220H7

110

~40

190

~80
~80

385

153

210

120

~8

cone 1:10

oil draining

50

280
Oil sensor,
optional

Z
oil filling

side B

Screw-in heater,
optional

side A

~L
Y

ICP acceleration sensor,


optional

ventilation with
oil dip stick

~405

X
pinion

255

165

230

18
X

~3

75

side B

mounting side of spocket wheel must be named


on the purchase order

Z
M16

W
X

120
28

4
58

318

30

7
0
M16

k6

12

32

DIN332-DM24

45

175
22

~314

28
23

32

~185

side A

345

~399

42k6

115

~172

Pinion type
Duplex-1 1/2'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8187
Duplex-1 1/2'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8188
Duplex-1 1/4'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8187
Duplex-1 1/4'' (double) f. chain according to DIN 8188
Triplex-1 1/4'' (triple) f. chain according to DIN 8187
Triplex-1 1/4'' (triple) f. chain according to DIN 8188

124 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

L
[mm]
390.5
390.5
390.5
390.5
390.5
390.5

X
[mm]
253.3
253.3
250.6
250.6
250.6
250.6

Y
[mm]
325.26
322.2
305.4
304.2

Z
[mm]

57

Pinion

342
340
For these drawings, the regulations on copyright protection apply.
Dimensions in mm

Escalator gear boxes


Te c hni c al dat a

Gearbox selection
>> Exemplary

calculation:

Determination of the corresponding lifetime depending on the


collective load output torque T2 [Nm]
Equivalent output torque T2eq [Nm]
Lifetime/units of time t [h]
The specifications for the applicable lifetime are valid for
the splines.
Formula:
Actual:
>> Duration of operation 16 h per day
>> 2h with output torque T2 = 2250 Nm
>> 4h with T2 = 1000 Nm
>> 6h with T2 = 1750 Nm
>> 4h with T2 = 1500 Nm
>> n1 = 1480 min-1
>> i = 20.5

T2eq =

 tt (T

T2eq =

 162 2250 + 164 1000 + 166 1750 + 164 1500

)3 +

2(1)

t2
t
t
(T2(2))3 + 3 (T2(3))3 + 4 (T2(4))3
t
t
t

T2eq = 1654 Nm

300000

Target:
Gearbox size for a lifetime 100.000 h.

250000

T 2 [Nm]
200000
Lifetime [h]

2500

2000

150000

100000

1500

1
1000

50000

500

t1

t2

t3

t4

0
0

0
0

10

12

14

16

t [h]

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

equivalent output torque [Nm]

With the calculated equivalent output torque of 1654 Nm,


the resulting lifetime 100.000 h.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 125

Escalator gear boxes


Te c hni c al dat a
S iz e S O G 125

Lifetime SOG 125


|1| Actuator output speed 1480 min-1
|2| Actuator output speed 980 min-1

Lubrication: Polyglykol
Ambient temperature: 40C
Efficiency rating: 90 %
The specifications for the applicable lifetime are
valid for the splines.

Ratio 20.5

300000

250000

lifetime [h]

200000

150000

100000
2

1
50000

0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

equivalent output torque [Nm]

Ratio 24.5

300000

250000

lifetime [h]

200000

150000

100000
2
50000

0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

equivalent output torque [Nm]

126 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

2500

3000

Escalator gear boxes


Te c hni c al da ta
S iz e S O G 1 6 0

Lifetime SOG 160


|1| Actuator output speed 1480 min-1
|2| Actuator output speed 980 min-1

Lubrication: Polyglykol
Ambient temperature: 40C
Efficiency rating: 90 %
The specifications for the applicable lifetime are
valid for the splines.

Ratio 20.5

300000

250000

lifetime [h]

200000

150000

100000
2

1
50000

0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

equivalent output torque [Nm]

Ratio 24.5

300000

250000

lifetime [h]

200000

150000

100000
2
50000

0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

equivalent output torque [Nm]

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 127

Escalator gear boxes


Te c hni c al dat a
S iz e S O G 18 0

Lifetime SOG 180


|1| Actuator output speed 1480 min-1
|2| Actuator output speed 980 min-1

Lubrication: Polyglykol
Ambient temperature: 40C
Efficiency rating: 90 %
The specifications for the applicable lifetime are
valid for the splines.

Ratio 19.7

300000

250000

lifetime [h]

200000

150000

100000
2

50000

0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

equivalent output torque [Nm]

Ratio 26.6

300000

250000

lifetime [h]

200000

150000

100000

50000

0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

equivalent output torque [Nm]

128 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

5000

6000

7000

Escalator gear boxes


Te c hni c al dat a
S iz e SO G 1 8 0

Lifetime SOG 180


|1| Actuator output speed 1480 min-1
|2| Actuator output speed 980 min-1

Lubrication: Polyglykol
Ambient temperature: 40C
Efficiency rating: 90 %
The specifications for the applicable lifetime are
valid for the splines.

Ratio 32.8

300000

250000

lifetime [h]

200000

150000

100000
1

50000

0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

equivalent output torque [Nm]

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 129

Escalator gear boxes


Te c hni c al dat a

Additional information
>> Design

of the escalator actuator and chain pinion

The illustration shows the individual sub-assemblies for the gearbox types SOG 125 and SOG 160.

flange motor assembly

Noise pressure level


noise pressure level*
in 1 m distance [dB (A)]
56
56
63

Gear
SOG 125
SOG 160
SOG 180

*Test load 2 kW, test input speed 1420/min-1

gear

You can request the complete operation guide directly from GFC
AntriebsSysteme GmbH.
Gear unit weight

SOG 125

Gear unit type


SOG 125 gear with oil and sprocket wheel
SOG 160 gear with oil and sprocket wheel
SOG 180 gear with oil and sprocket wheel

Gear unit weight [kg]


ca. 110
ca. 168
ca. 250

pinion

Radial forces SOG 125/SOG 160 (exerted on the output side)


The permissible exertion direction for the resulting radial forces
is stipulated in an angle ranging from 20 30. The radial load on
the actuator shaft is determined by the torque and the pitch-circle
diameter of the attached transmission element.
Max. permissible radial load
SOG 125
Gear unit type
SOG 125
SOG 160
Pinion
SOG 125
SOG 160
Number of
Number
Number of
Pinion
Pinion
teeth in
of teeth
teeth in
type
type
pinion
in pinion
pinion
17
16
16
17
17
18
Duplex-1
Duplex-1
(2-double)
(2-double)
19
19
19
20
20
19

Pinion
type
Duplex-1
(2-double)
Triplex-1
(3-double)

FR = radial load in N
T2 = torque in Nm
d = pitch-circle diameter of the attached transmission
element in mm
FR = T2 2000
d
chain

The chain pinions for the gearbox type SOG 180 are project-based.

Size
[mm]

SOG 250
SOG 250
SOG 320

250
250
320

pinion

FR
A

Additional gearbox types available upon request:


Gear type

FR [N]
17000
32000

Transmission
ratio

Max. permissible motor


power [kW]

12
26
14

30
23.5
55

chain

SOG 160

pinion

Options
>> Adjustment of the motor flange
>> Oil-level monitoring
>> Temperature monitoring (oil sump)
>> Other options available upon request

SOG 160

130 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Escalator gear boxes


Te c hni c al dat a

Radial forces SOG 180 (exerted on the output side)


The permissible exertion direction for the resulting radial forces is
stipulated in an angle ranging from 25 35 . The equivalent radial
load on the actuator shaft is determined by the torque and the
pitch-circle diameter of the attached transmission element.
FR = radial load in N
T2 = torque in Nm
d = pitch-circle diameter of the attached transmission
element in mm

FR =

chain

FR
A

chain

T2 2000
d

SOG 180

Max. permissible radial load


Gear type

FR [N]

SOG 180

55000

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 131

>> DRIV E UNIT S FOR SOL AR SUN -T R ACKER


S YS TEMS
Solar power plants require robust drive systems with high accuracy,
efficiency and virtually maintenance-free long-term operation showing a
high degree of reliability. Only components specially designed for outdoor
use can meet the requirements. Worm gear units are ideally suited for the
azimuth adjustment of a tracker, since they can be used for virtually backlash-free transmission ratios and very slow movements. By target-oriented
selection of defined materials, required parameters such
as perfect wear behaviour, high fatigue strength and
long-term corrosion protection are achieved and
implemented.

Almost backlash-free drive systems create a sustainable


advantage for solar current.

8
Slewing gear units

Slewing gear units


Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e 18 0 28 5

Dimension

(max. diameters)

106

76
31

95

31

50

100

connecting flange topside

s2 xM16

s1 xM16

connecting flange bottom side

M12x20

15

55

10

82,55 +0,035

28,3 +0,2

50
a

51,5

30

8 Js9

50

65

Further sizes on request:


Size
a
180
240
285

d1
356
475
565

d2
320
435
525

d3
125
230
300

e1
175
295
365

e2
270
390
479,5

s1
16
24
20

s2
16
18
20

k
163
175
190

m
70
70
70

n
164
182
194

mass [kg]
57
80
99

Dimensions in mm

134 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

Sizes
Further sizes on request:

DRW 180

DRW 240

DRW 285

Design on the actuator


Hollow shaft with flange
according to ISO 3019

Connection of the actuator unit by the customers


request i.e., custom flange with adapter shaft

Supplied as a complete
actuator system

The worm wheel


Worm wheel made of iron material for
short-term operation S3/15 %

Worm wheel made of bronze for


continuous operation

Caution: For better illustration, the gearbox is shown upside down.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 135

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

Design

Inner body

Bearing

Worm wheel

Worm shaft
Worm shaft bearing

Grease nipple for


bearing lubrication

Inner body

Grease nipple for


tooth lubrication

Housing

Name plate

Caution: For better illustration, the gearbox is shown upside down.

Guidelines for slewing gear unit selection


>> Operation

mode

Slewing gearboxes with worm wheels made of iron material


are designed for a running time of S3/15 % and max.
10 starts/h. The use of slewing gearboxes with higher
operation times would lead to irreparable damage on the splicing. For use with a higher running time or higher start frequency,
a worm wheel made of bronze must be incorporated. In this case,
please contact the customer service at GFC AntriebsSysteme GmbH.

136 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Example: For the running time (at a running time of 100 %)

ED=

loadperiod
x 100 %
on-time

Operation mode S3, running time ED = 15 %, running time = 10 min.


At the indicated running time of S3/15 %, the slewing gearbox may
be operated max. 1.5 min for every 10 min power-on time.

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

with improvement in the surface quality of the tooth flanks for the
worm shaft. Based on previous experience, the efficiency ratings
for a new slewing gearbox (according to the prevailing transmission ratio) are lower than indicated in the output tables.
>> Self-locking
>> Operation

>> S1 continuous operation


>> S2 short-term operation
>> S3 periodic intermittent duty without the influence
of the start process
>> S4 periodic intermittent duty with the influence of
the start process
>> S5 periodic intermittent duty with the influence of the
start process and intermittent duty without the influence
of the start process
>> S6 uninterrupted periodic operation with intermittent load
>> S7 uninterrupted periodic operation with start
and electric braking
>> S8 uninterrupted periodic operation with
periodic change in output speed
>> S9 operation with non-periodic load and change
in output speed
>> S10 operation with individual constant loads
>> Ambient

temperature

All slewing gearboxes can be used at an ambient temperature


ranging from -20C to +70C.
>> Loads

The permissible loads fort the corresponding slewing gearbox are


indicated in the load diagrams. Here, the operation point for the
slewing gearbox may not exceed the limit-value load curve for the
selected screw connection (stability class) and the roller bearings.
The load diagrams apply to slewing gearboxes with flush loads in
the axial direction on the mounting surfaces.
>> Sealing

of the slewing gearbox

The sealing of the slewing gearbox against ingress contamination


from the outside occurs by way of two double-lipped seals made of
hydrated nitrile rubber (HNBR). These seals distinguish themselves
with an outstanding spectrum of properties such as high resistance against technical oils containing additives, along with low
vapor and gas permeability, good cold flexibility (to -40C), good
ozone resistance and high friction resistance, along with high heat
resistance (145C). The use of high water pressures in cleaning the
slewing gearbox is not permitted. This poses the hazard that water
could enter the slewing gearbox.
>> Efficiency

capacity

modes
For worm gearboxes, one differentiates between the static and dynamic self-locking effect. Static self-locking effect is applicable when
the start efficiency rating h A 0.5. A start of the worm shaft with
a tractioning worm wheel is then impossible. Due to external initiation of oscillation, this self-locking effect can be (under certain circumstances) cancelled out, which means that the worm shaft can be
started when the worm wheel is tractioning. The dynamic self-locking effect (self-locking capacity when running) applies when the operating efficiency rating h 0.5. This takes effect in worm gearboxes
(according to the prevailing surface quality and tooth-bearing size at
centre-increase angles ranging from g = 2.5 to 4. Self-locking worm
gearboxes are inefficient due to their poor overall efficiency rating
and the correspondingly high loss of output (particularly considering
the extensive installation space and long power-on times). In those
actuator situations in which the self-locking effect is required, one
should always verify whether the installation of a return block or a
brake is the more practical solution. A self-locking gearbox cannot
replace an actual brake.
GFCs slewing gearboxes are statically self-locking; however, return
is possible under unfavorable conditions such as the occurrence of
vibration.
>> Start

efficiency rating

The start efficiency rating A for a cylindrical worm gearbox is (due


to the large tooth-friction coefficient Z for low running speeds) is always less than the efficiency rating at operating output speed under
nominal load and continuous operation. For starting a worm gearbox under load (due to the lower start efficiency rating) a greater
actuator torque TA1 is necessary. TA1 is calculated as follows:
T1A=

T2
in Nm
ix A

The start efficiency rating is (just as the operating efficiency rating) dependent on the width of the centre-increase angle for the
worm shaft. Here, too, the principle applies that a wider centreincrease angle positively influences starting.
The start efficiency ratings indicated in the following are guideline
values (just as the operating efficiency ratings in the output
tables). They apply to the run-in gearbox lubricated with grease.
For slewing gearboxes in new condition, the following start efficiency ratings apply:
Type of slewing gear unit
Start effiency rating A

DRW 180
0.45

DRW 240
0.47

DRW 285
0.48

rating
>> Lubrication

The efficiency ratings given for slewing gearboxes are average


and/or guideline values. They apply to well-run-in slewing gearboxes with proper lubrication and the corresponding operational
output speed under nominal load. The efficiency rating increases
proportionally to the increase in running speed, on the splicing
(output speed and sizes influence), with increasing centre-increase
angle m (that is to say, with a decreasing transmission ratio i) and

GFCs slewing gearboxes are filled with grease upon


delivery. To warrant trouble-free operation of the slewing gearbox,
regular re-greasing is necessary. Always ensure that the grease used
for re-greasing is compatible to that used in the initial greasing. For
this purpose, the operation guide contains a list (in table form) of the
types of grease to be used.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 137

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

The torque value T2 is calculated with the following


equation:
T2 =

FR = necessary radial force


FA = necessary axial force
lH = lever arm of the exerted radial force
fB = operation factor

9550 x P2
n2

T2 = necessary torque of the slewing gearbox (Nm)


P2 = necessary output of the slewing gearbox (kW)
n2 = output speed of the slewing gearbox (1/min)

Selection of slewing gearbox sizes


T2/mech.req. T2N
TK/mech.req. TK perm. FA/mech.req. FA perm. FR/mech.req. FR perm.

Selection according to mechanical wear


T2/mech.req. = T2 x fB
TK/mech.req. = FR x IH x fB FA/mech.req. = FA x fB FR/mech.req. = FR x fB
T2/mech.req. = required mechanical output torque
slewing gearboxes
T2 = necessary torque for slewing gearbox
TK/mech.req. = required mechanical stall torque
FA/mech.req. = required mechanical axial force
FR/mech.req. = required mechanical radial force

T2N = output torque of the slewing gearbox


TK perm. = permissible stall torque
FA perm. = permissible axial force
FR perm. = permissible radial force

>> Operation

factor fB

By selecting an operation factor fB, the particularities of the different application conditions are taken into account in the design of the
slewing gearbox.
Application
Rotary tables (light-duty)
Solar installations, lifting work platforms
Works/factory machines

Operation mode
Evenly circulating motion
Back-and-forth movements
Back-and-forth movements in fits and starts

Type of impact
slight
moderate
strong

Factor fB
1.01.1
1.21.5
1.62.0

Permissible loads and output levels


DRW 180

Load diagram for applied load

tilting moment [kNm]

30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0

20

40

60

80

100

Axial force [kN]


Output torque
Max. torque
Transmission ratio
Operational efficiency
Output speed

138 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

T2N = 5500 Nm
T2max = 9000 Nm
i=62
=0,50
n2 1.0min-1

Roller bearing
Bolt M16-10.9 permissible radial force 50000N
Bolt M16-8.8 permissible radial force 30000N

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

DRW 240

Load diagram for applied load

tilting moment [kNm]

60
60
40
30
20
10
0
0

20

40

60

80

100

Axial force [kN]


Output torque
Max. torque
Transmission ratio
Operational efficiency
Output speed

T2N = 9900Nm
T2max = 12000Nm
i = 86
= 0,52
n2 1,0min-1

Roller bearing
Bolt M16-10.9 permissible radial force 70000N
Bolt M16-8.8 permissible radial force 40000N

DRW 285

Load diagram for applied load

tilting moment [kNm]

90

80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0

20

40

60

80

100

Axial force [kN]

Output torque
Max. torque
Transmission ratio
Operational efficiency
Output speed

T2N = 11000 Nm
T2max = 14600Nm
i = 104
= 0,56
n2 1,0min-1

Roller bearing
Bolt M16-10.9 permissible radial force 90000N
Bolt M16-8.8 permissible radial force 55000N

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 139

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

Information needed for processing orders


GFC AntriebsSysteme GmbH
Grenzstrae 5, D-01640 Coswig
phone +49 (0) 3523/94-60 / fax +49 (0) 3523/74 142
E-Mail gfc-antriebe@gfc-antriebe.com
Company

Project

1. Load

TK
load

FA
FR
T2

load level
tilting moment TK [kNm]:
radial force FR [kN]:
axial force FA [kN]:
tracking torque* T2 [kNm]:
direction [+/-]:
amount of time t15 [s]:
maximum load

TK max =
FR max =

cycle time tG [s]:


starts per hour:
output speed n2 [min-1]:
expected lifetime [years]:
self-locking:

[kNm]
[kN]

yes

FA max =
T2 max=

[kN]
[kNm]

no

* Actually required output torque for tracking (basis for specification of primary reduction gearing and motor)
2. Mounting position and direction of application of force
Output vertical

Output horizontal

Output tilted

Axial-force initiation (flush)

140 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Axial-force initiation (suspended)

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

3. Ambient conditions

ambient temperature min/max:


humidity:
dust:
chemicals:

4. Options

quotation including:
hydraulic motor
max. pressure difference (bar)
max. oil flow rate (l/min)
electric motor
mains voltage
brake

5. Additional data

quantity:

AC

DC

hydraulic

electric

Volt

in the year

quotation date:
delivery date:
remarks:

This document can be downloaded at www.gfc-antriebe.de.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 141

Slewing gear units


Te c hni c al dat a

Important Notices
>>

Lubricant selection and lubricants table


The determination of the appropriate lubricant for use in an ambient temperature range from -20C to +70C can be made with the
following table. The sequence of the companies mentioned here

>>

is merely alphabetical that is to say, no reflection on the actual


grade of oil quality. We recommend the use of these or equivalent
lubricants. The decisive factor here is the compliance with the
required grease type. We can assume no warranty for the flawless
suitability of every selected lubricant.

Lubricant quantities

Consistency
NLGI-class
DIN 51814

BP/Castrol

Exxon
Mobil

AVIA

Klber

Synthetic lowviscosity grease

Longtime PD1

Mobilux EP1

Avialith 1EP

Klbersynth
GE14 151

Screws: fastening torque levels


Fastening torque levels for screws
Size
M4
M5
M6
M8
M 10
M 12
M 16
M 20

>>

8.8
2,7 3,1
46
9 11
22 28
45 55
76 94
180 200
370 400

Fastening torque [Nm]


Standard thread
10.9
45
79
13 15
34 37
68 72
112 130
280 310
550 590

12.9
56
9 11
15 18
40 43
80 85
150 193
340 365
660 710

Machine frame
The slewing gearbox must be assembled onto a level, oscillationdampening and distortion-resistant machine frame. The substructure must be designed to respond to the exerted mass and actuations
forces so that no additional forces can be exerted on the slewing
gearbox due to distortion or warping. The total planned margins of
error when running (applicable to the surfaces of the machine frame
to which parts will be screwed) must be maintained according to the
following table.

142 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Type of slewing
gear unit

DRW 180

DRW 240

DRW 285

Run-out
tolerance [mm]

0.06

0.08

0.08

Heliostat Drive Systems

GFC offers complete drive systems for solar thermal power stations.
A principle example of a Heliostat solar field is shown in the picture.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 143

>> VARIE T Y IS OUR M AIN DRIV E


GFC worm gear motors are supplied with 3-ph AC asynchronous motors
and an output range between 0.09 and 55 kW. Pole-changing motors,
brake motors and explosion-proof motors are also part of the scope of
supply. If required, the motors can be equipped with single or dual brakes,
incremental encoders and handwheels. On request, we offer complete
units with frequency inverters.

9
Gearbox motors

Gearbox motors
I nst allat i o n g ui de li ne s

Motors
The nominal output of the motors should whenever possible match
the required output for the corresponding actuation situation.
A motor rated too high in terms of its output results in inefficient
operating conditions since under partial load, the output factor
and the efficiency rating are less than under full load.

GFCs worm gear motors in the sub-assemblies 40 250 are


supplied with three-phase AC asynchronous motors (featuring a
squirrel cage) in the output range from 0.09 to 55 kW. Two-speed
motors, brake motors and explosion-protected motors are likewise
available. These motors conform to the relevant German norms and
regulations and also to various international regulations adapted to the IEC Publication 34-1.

Operation modes:
The motors listed in the output tables are designed for the operation mode S1 (continuous operation) according to VDE 0530. For the
design of the motor to suit other operation modes, the following
specifications are important:
>> Load-torque characteristic curve from start and braking
to the output speed range
>> The centrifugal mass to be actuated, based on the motor shaft.
>> Braking mode

All motors feature the following standard equipment:


>> Protection class IP 55
>> Heat class F
>> Model B14
>>

Voltage and frequency


In the basic design, the motors are supplied with the following
rating voltages:
230/400 V D/Y 50 Hz
400/690 V D/Y 50 Hz
690 V D
50 Hz
460 V D
60 Hz
220/380 V D/Y 50 Hz
380/660 V D/Y 50 Hz
660 V D
50 Hz
440 V D
60 Hz

Type of braking
S1 Continous duty
S2 Short-time duty
with constant loading
S3 Intermittent duty
without starting influence
S4 Continous duty with
intermittent loading

Running time: RT =
The motors can be operated in mains in which the voltage (at a
nominal frequency up to 5 %) deviates from the nominal value
without modifying the nominal output. Other voltages and frequencies are possible upon request. For 50 Hz-wound motors: these
can also be connected to 60-Hz mains. If in this process the voltage is maintained, the output speed increases by 20 %; the output
remains unchanged. If, by contrast, the voltage is also increased,
the output speed increases by 20 %, and the output also increases
proportionally to the rate (%) of voltage increase (up to max. % of
the output speed increase).
>>

Operating conditions

Output plate Meaning of the additidata


onal designation
S1
S2 10 min

duration of load

S3 25%

duty cycle unless


otherwise agreed
specific to 10 min.

S6 40 %

tB
t S x 100 %

tB = load time
t S = running time
In short-time duty (S2 and S3), depending on the prevailing operating conditions, some motors in the basic design (S1) can be operated with higher output if an increase of the tightening and stall
torque is not required. However, in many cases, a special winding
is conceivable. If so necessary, please make concrete specifications
in order to be able to select the most suitable motor for the corresponding actuation situation.
>>

Ambient temperature

The selection tables are sequenced according to the nominal outAll motors in the basic design can be used at ambient temperaputs for the indicated motors. These nominal outputs apply under
tures ranging from -35C to +40C.
the following conditions:
>> Continuous operation S1 according to DIN VDE 0530, Section 1 >> Overload capability
>> Coolant temperature up to max. 50Celsius
>> Setup heights of up to max. 1000 m above sea level
According to DIN VDE 0530, all motors can be exposed to the fol>> Rating voltages for the basic design
lowing overload conditions:
>> Operating frequency: 50 Hz
>> 1.5-fold nominal current for 2 min
>> 1.6-fold nominal torque for 15 s
With deviating operating conditions, the output values change by the
Both conditions also apply to the nominal voltage and the nominal
value of the factors indicated in the following tables.
frequency.
Coolant
30
temperature [C]
Motor output in rela1.07
tion to rated output

>>
35

40

45

50

55

60

1.04

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.92

0.92

Mounting height
1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
above seal level [m]
Motor output in rela1.00 0.97 0.94 0.9
0.8 0.82 0.77
tion to rated output

146 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Cooling and ventilation


The motors are cooled by radial fans made of synthetic material
and/or aluminum-cast alloy. These cool the motor regardless of its
direction of rotation (IC 0141 according to DIN IEC 34, Section 6).
In the setup of the gearbox motor, always ensure sufficient distance
between the fan hood and the wall to enable air intake.

Gearbox motors
I nst allat io n g ui de li ne s

>>

Protection classes

>>

GFCs worm gear motors are supplied (in their basic design) with
the degree of protection IP 55 and heat class F. Additional protection classes can be taken into account upon request:
>> Design for a degree of protection up to IP 66
>> Design for climate control FT II
>> Design for thermal winding protection
The motors can be supplied with temperature-measuring sensors
(PTC resistors) or microthermostatic switches to protect them from
overheating. This ensures an effective protection for the stator
winding against one or more phases burning through. However,
in blocking it does not always eliminate the need for the motor
protection
>> Design for explosion protection; ignition-protection class,
protection type increased safety. EExe according to the
European norms EN 50014/50019.
>> Gearbox motors designed for ship construction
>> Design in heat class H

Motors with a second shaft end


The motors indicated in the selection tables can also be supplied
with a second shaft end. This shaft is resistant to up to max. 50 %
of its nominal output (without shear force).

u1

t1

>>

Pole-reversible motors with squirrel cage


The output speeds of the motors are determined by the number
of poles and by the frequency. With reasonable effort, squirrelcage motors can be designed with 2 or 3 in special cases, even 4
output speeds. In many cases, such motors slip-ring squirrel-cage
or other modulating motors. Pole-reversible motors are (according
to the countercurrent response of the working machine intended
for:
>> Actuator with constant counter-torque and
>> Actuator with quadratically-increasing counter-torque.
The motors can only be designed for a rated voltage i.e., 230 V,
400 V or 690 V, and are generally designed for direct power-up via
the pole series. Therefore, the definite AC nominal voltage between
two mainlines must be specified - i.e., 220 V or 380 V, not 220/380 V.
60 Hz versions and/or IEC 38 custom voltages are possible.
Pole reversal is achieved by:
>> two separate windings in the stand; i.e., 6-4-poled
>> a winding in Dahlander switching; i.e., 8-4-poled
>> two separate windings of those, one in Dahlander
switching, i.e., 8-6-4-poled
>> two separate windings, both in Dahlander switching,
i.e., 12-8-6-4-poled
While (with the winding in Dahlander switching) the achievable rotati0on-speed ratio amounts to merely 1:2, two separate windings
offer other rotation-speed levels however, with less output based on the properties of the basic design. The switchings designed
here are designed for separate windings according to Dahlander
D/YY or Y/YY. For the individual pole-number levels, the following
switchings result:

d1

l1

Size

d1k6

l1

u1

t1

63K
63G
71K
71G
80K
80G
90S
90L
100L
100LX
112M
132S
132SX
132M
132MX6/M4
160M/MX
160MX2/L
180M4/L4
180M2/L6, 8

11
11
14
14
19
19
22
22
24
28
28
32
32
32
38
38
42
42
48

23
23
30
30
40
40
50
50
50
60
60
80
80
80
80
80
110
110
110

4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
14

12,5
12,5
16
16
21,5
21,5
24,5
24,5
27
31
31
35
35
35
41
41
45
45
51,5

Number of poles
4-2, 4-2L
8-4, 12-6
8-4L, LF
6-4
6-4LF, 6-4L
8-4-2
8-6-4
12-8-6-4

Switching
D/YY, Y/YY
D/YY
Y/YY
Y/Y, D/D
Y/Y, D/D
Y/D/YY
D/Y/YY
D/D/YY/YY

Basic model
4 pole
6 pole
4 pole
6 pole
4 pole
6 pole
6 pole
6 pole

Star power-ups for the larger number of poles (lowest output


speed) can be designed if the operational switching is L. Other
pole-number variants are possible.

Dimensions in mm

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 147

Gearbox motors
I nst allat i o n g ui de li ne s

Brake motors

Circuit diagrams:

As a rule, brake motors indicate their holding torque when idle.


Here, a force is exerted on the axially-movable anchor plate via
compression springs this builds up the brake torque via the friction lining. The brake torque is transferred to the shaft via a parallel-key connection on the friction-lining carrier and/or a splined
pinion-gear hub. By applying direct voltage to the brake spool, the
magnetic field influences the anchor plate and it, in turn, releases
the friction-lining carrier so that the motor can ramp up.
Worm gear motors (SM) are equipped with brake motors from the
B21R series. The brake motors in the series B21R correspond in
terms of their major characteristics such as connector dimensions,
overall dimensions (except for installation length and height), output
and output speed to the motors in the basic series K21R. These
consist of a three-phase AC squirrel-cage motor and an attached
brake (of a different make). These brakes are designed as singleor double-surface brakes. The individual brake systems represent
a compact unit (ready to connect and assemble), whereby the
most diverse of brake torques and designs can be realized by the
customer's request.

Ready-to-connect

>> Rectifier connector


The brake spool voltage is as a rule configured to match the motordelta voltage.

L1
L2
L3

U1 V1 W1
W2

DC-sided switching
L1
L2
L3

>> Link rectifiers


As standard equipment, link rectifiers are installed in the
brake motors. In this case, the output voltage amounts to
0,88 x Connector voltage Un
Example: Connector voltage 100 % = 230 V AC
Output voltage 88 % = 202.4 V DC
Brake spool voltage 205 V DC
>> One-way rectifier
The link rectifier installed as standard equipment can be replaced
by a one-way rectifier with the same dimensions. In this case, the
output voltage amounts to 0.45 x Connector voltage Un
Example: Connector voltage 100 % = 400 V AC
Output voltage 45 % = 180 V DC
Brake spool voltage 180 V DC

U2 V2

U1 V1 W1
W2

U2 V2

AC-sided switching
L1
L2
L3

>> Available brake voltages


24 V, 104 V, 180 V, 205 V
Custom voltages upon request.
U1 V1 W1

>>

Switching modes and switching intervals


It is possible to influence switching intervals with a series of different switching-engineering variants. In the basic design connection-ready, the brake spool is switched via a rectifier component
in the motor terminal box, parallel to a phase of the motor winding.
In the design EL, the power supply to the brake spool is to be
configured by the customer as either direct, with 24 V direct voltage or via a rectifier component with the corresponding alternating voltage (i.e., via an auxiliary contact in the motor protection).
Here, the shutoff delay intervals for the brake are shorter than in the
ready-to-connect version. To achieve shorter shutoff delay intervals,
the circuit must be interrupted on the DV side.

148 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

W2

U2 V2

Gearbox motors
I nst allat io n g ui de li ne s

Comparison of brake-motor designs

Design
Brake torque

Integrated
motor brake
(single-surface
brake.)
Type BPERE
simple
low

Brake torque setting

not possible

Brake response
Mech. manual ventilation
Adjustment after wear
Switching intervals

gentle
not possible
simple
low

Influencing of switching
intervals

none

Separate el. brake ventilation


Inverter operation
Operating modes
2nd shaft end
Degree of protection
Frequency
Frequency 60 Hz
Wide voltage (50Hz)
220-240/380-690V

Motors with attached brake (double-surface brake)


Type BPERLEN
B11RLEN

Type BPERKEB
B11RKEB

robust

robust
robust
robust
low to high, by the customers request
possible via central
possible via singlepossible via central possible via central
adjustment
spring adjustment
adjustment
adjustment
gentle to strong according to the given brake torque
possible
possible
possible
possible
more complex
simple
more complex
more complex
higher
higher
higher
higher
switching variants
switching variants
switching variants
Supplemental
switching variants
with supplemental
with supplemental
electronics Custom
electronics
electronics
anchor sheaves
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
possible
S4, S1, S7
S4, S1, S7
S4, S1, S7
S4, S1, S7
custom shaft end
custom shaft end
custom shaft end
custom shaft end
IP 54
IP54
IP54, IP55, IP56
IP54
50 Hz
upon request

not possible
not possible
S4,S1
not possible
IP44

not possible

possible

possible

possible

possible

220/380 V; 230/400 V
380/400 V; 400/690 V
on request

Standard voltage
Custom voltage

>>

Type BPERK
B11RK

Type BPERMAY

Possible classification
Brake torque values/motor:
Brakes with various torque ratings can be attached to a motor of
a given installation size. In a normal use case, it is recommended
to select brakes with torque ratings which correspond to the 1.5
to 2-fold nominal motor torque. For actuators used in carriages,

Size

Braking torque [Nm]


2.0* 3.0 4.0

63
71
80
90
100
100LX
112M
112MX
132S
132M
160M
160L
180M
180L

rotary mechanisms or swing gears, these factors may already be


too high, due to the large overrunning masses. In such cases, please
indicate to us the exact operating conditions including the output
torque of inertia to enable us to calculate the permissible brake
torque.

6.3

8.0 12.0 13.5 16.0 27.0 32.0 37.0 50.0 60.0 65.0 80.0 100.0 125.0 150.0 200.0 250.0 300.0 380.0

* on request

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 149

Gearbox motors
Mo t o r se le c t i o n dat a

>>

AC motors with squirrel cage rotor


GFC gearbox motors are supplied with asynchronous motors (featuring squirrel cage rotor). Worm gear motors (SM) are designed
with K21R motors. The attachment of motors from other manufacturers (along with a combination of gearbox and motor different from those in the selection tables) is possible by request.
The following motor output data apply to:
>> Operation mode S1 according to VDE 0530
>> Continuous operation
>> Heat class F

Type
K21R
63K2
63G2
71K2
71G2
80K2
80G2
90S2
90L2
100L2
112M2
132S2
132SX2
160M2
160MX2
160L2
180M2
200L2
200LX2
225M2
250M2
Type
K21R
63K4
63G4
71K4
71G4
80K4
80G4
90S4
90L4
100L4
100LX4
112M4
132S4
132M4
160M4
160L4
180M4
180L4
200L4
225S4
225M4
250M4

>> Surface cooling


>> Protection class IP 55 according to DIN 40050
>> Gauged-voltage range according to DIN VDE 0530
Section 1/07/91
>> Frequency: 50 Hz
Nominal output P 1 [kW]
Nominal output speed n1 [1/min]
Nominal voltage a 230/400V IN [A]
Output factor cos W
Starting current to nominal current IA/IN

P1

n1

IN

cos W

IA/IN

0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55

2790
2800
2780
2775
2825
2835
2840
2850
2865
2900
2890
2855
2910
2930
2920
2935
2940
2940
2940
2955

0.90/0.51
1.24/0.72
1.61/0.93
2.38/1.38
3.01/1.74
4.47/2.59
5.73/3.30
8.01/4.65
11.91/6.35
14.71/8.50
20.0/11.5
26.0/15.0
34.5/20.0
47.0/27.0
56.0/32.0
65.6/37.5
88.0/50.5
111.0/64.0
132.0/76.0
169.0/93.0

0.81
0.8
0.86
0.82
0.85
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.88
0.86
0.86
0.88
0.92
0.9
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.9
0.91
0.91

4.1
4.2
4.2
5
5.6
5.6
6.1
6.6
6.6
6.7
5.8
6.3
7.5
7.1
7.2
6.8
7.3
7
7.5
7.5

P1

n1

IN

cos W

IA/IN

0.12
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55

1370
1360
1385
1370
1400
1400
1410
1400
1410
1430
1435
1440
1450
1450
1465
1460
1465
1465
1470
1470
1475

0.78/0.45
1.08/0.62
1.33/0.77
1.84/1.06
2.76/1.60
3.70/2.15
4.58/2.65
6.02/3.50
8.91/5.15
11.71/6.80
15.30/9.00
18.5/10.5
26.0/15.0
38.0/21.5
50.0/28.5
61.0/35.0
72.0/42.0
97.0/55.5
117.0/67.0
141.0/81.0
172.0/98.5

0.72
0.73
0.77
0.8
0.77
0.76
0.84
0.86
0.81
0.83
0.82
0.89
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.86
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.86
0.86

3.1
3.2
3.5
3.6
4.2
4.4
5
5.2
5.8
5.9
6.3
6.5
6
6.8
7.3
6.8
6.5
7
7
7
7

150 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Gearbox motors
Mot o r se le c t i on dat a

Type
K21R
63K6
63G6
71K6
71G6
80K6
80G6
90S6
90L6
100L6
112M6
132S6
132M6
132MX6
160M6
160L6
180L6
200L6
200LX6
225M6
250M6
Type
K21R
71K8
71G8
80K8
80G8
90S8
90L8
100L8
100LX8
112M8
132S8
132M8
160M8
160MX8
160L8
180L8
200L8
225S8
225M8
250M8

>>

P1

n1

IN

cos W

IA/IN

0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.6
11
15
18.5
22
30
37

895
880
925
915
915
915
935
935
945
950
950
955
955
960
965
965
970
970
973
975

0.78/0.45
0.98/0.57
1.53/0.89
1.83/1.06
2.11/1.23
3.00/1.74
3.96/2.30
5.42/3.15
6.91/4.00
9.25/5.35
11.5/6.6
15.5/9.0
20.0/11.5
27.0/15.5
37.5/21.5
53.0/30.5
60.5/35.0
71.5/41.0
93.5/54.0
115.0/66.0

0.63
0.64
0.56
0.63
0.73
0.73
0.7
0.73
0.75
0.8
0.83
0.8
0.83
0.82
0.86
0.83
0.87
0.87
0.89
0.89

2.4
2.4
2.8
2.8
3.3
3.5
4.4
4.5
4.5
5.1
5.4
6
5
5.5
5
6
5.5
6.2
6.5
6.5

P1

n1

IN

cos W

IA/IN

0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30

675
670
690
695
700
695
705
705
705
705
705
710
710
725
720
725
725
725
730

0.99/0.57
1.21/0.70
1.32/0.76
1.85/1.07
2.61/1.50
3.58/2.07
4.74/2.75
5.73/3.30
7.29/4.10
9.6/5.5
13.0/7.4
16.0/9.3
21.5/12.5
29.0/16.5
41.5/24.0
55.0/31.5
66.5/36.0
73.5/42.5
106.0/61.0

0.57
0.58
0.65
0.61
0.63
0.64
0.62
0.7
0.73
0.89
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.86
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.86
0.86

2.1
2.3
2.7
3
2.9
3.1
3.2
3.9
4.1
4.5
4.5
4
4.5
4.5
4.5
5
5.5
5
5.5

Modifications
The following modifications are available upon request:
Gearbox motors with:
>> a second motor-shaft end
>> with ex-protected motors
>> with pressure-resistant encapsulated motors
>> with single-phase AC motor featuring starter condenser
>> with single-phase AC motor featuring resistance squirrel cage
>> with pole-reverse motors
>> with reluctance motor
>> with external ventilation
>> with brake motors
>> with separate electrical ventilation
>> with mechanical brake ventilation

>> pole-reversible
>> with reduced brake torque
>> thermal winding protection
>> with a second motor-shaft end
>> with motors featuring a built-in return stop
>> with motors without ventilation
Upon request, worm gear motors will be supplied with motors from
other manufacturers. A specification of output ratings in list format
for the various motors is too extensive, due to the large number of
modification (and particularly the assignment of the motor to the
corresponding gearbox part). If necessary, please contact us for
follow-up. For infinitely-adjustable actuators, we offer complete
actuator units featuring a frequency inverter upon request.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 151

>> COMPAC T P OWER PACK S WITHOU T FAIL


GFC servo drives convince by precise positioning and high dynamics. In
the Milan drive advanced, motor and electronic controls are firmly connected as unit which considerably facilitates assembly, commissioning and
maintenance. The high enclosure protection IP 64, optionally IP 67, also
allows the use in extremely harsh conditions.
The electronically commutated motor Milan Format with
integral gearing provides outstanding performance as well
as new constructional options due to its compact design.
Due to the high holding torque when not connected to the
mains, a brake is rarely required.

10
Servo actuators

10

Servo actuators
Mi lan d ri v e adv anc e d

Milan drive advanced


Control Types

Possible applications

Output speed/speed/contouring error

Conveyor belts, centrifugal chambers, stems,

Torque/force

Capping machinery, presses,

Absolute/relative Position

Textile, packaging, handling machines

Modulo position

C axis on working lathes, stem orientation,


indexing tables,

The Milan drive advanced can be used anywhere where a high positioning accuracy is required with simultaneously high dynamics.
The nominal torque for the largest installation size amounts to
4 Nm; the max. rotation output for the installation size MDA 35.1
is 6 000 1/min.
The high protection class IP 64 (optional: IP 67) also enables use
under rough ambient conditions.
The Milan drive advanced can be used i.e. in the following devices:
>> in textile machines
>> in packaging machines
>> for Pick and Place

154 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

>> in wood-processing machines


>> in medical engineering
>> in food-processing machines
>> for centering actuators
>> in mounting machines
>> in presses
>> in printing machines
>> in security engineering
>> for handling functions
>> in custom mechanical engineering
>> in conveyance engineering
>> in wine-cellar machines
>> in rotary indexing tables

Servo actuators
Mi lan dr iv e ad va nc e d

Milan drive advanced Benefits


>> Benefits

of integrated controls

The Milan drive advanced contains (as one of few servo actuators)
all components necessary for its operation in a single housing. After
the connection of the voltage supply (230 V AC) and the data line,
the device is immediately ready to operate plug and play.
>> Benefits

in planning

>> High functionality and flexibility simplify the involvement


of planning in the process
>> Uniformly calculable costs
>> Simple integration into field bus systems possible
>> Internal supply for electronics available
>> Optimum calibration of the motor and electronics is
ensured by the manufacturer
>> Warranty backed up by a single source
>> Benefits

in the installation

>> Savings of time and material, since fewer components


must be installed
>> One can omit cooling measures in the switching cabinet,
since lost output only occurs directly on the actuator
>> Motor and electronics are mutually calibrated to the
optimum extent
>> External sensors can be connected directly to the Milan
drive advanced and supplied by this device
>> EMC compliance warranted

>>

Benefits in the commissioning


>> Connection-ready actuator with controls: connect,
power on and the device is ready to use
>> Diverse and simple adaptation options to suit prevailing
process conditions
>> Simple parameterization via the RS 232 interface with
the aid of the parameterization software MDAwin
>> Every Milan drive advanced is subjected to comprehensive
functional tests in the plant.

>> Benefits

in operation

>> Programming options enable adaptation to the existing control


technology and if required, to new operating conditions
>> High dynamics due to short scanning time
>> High protection class and high level of corrosion protection
>> In a design basis event (DBE), the Milan drive advanced can be
quickly and completely replaced; operational failures are thereby
minimized
>> Password functions protect against unauthorized access

10

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 155

Servo actuators
Di m e nsi o n she e t s
S iz e MDA 3 5 .1 63 .1

Size MDA 35.1 MDA 63.1


axial design

A/A*
A2

A3

R1

E
F
C

D2 k6

D1 j6

C1

C2

4
D

D3
B/B1

Distances for
electrical connection

Flange dimensions
motor

Dimensions
servo drive

A1

Weight

Length
Length of motor

without holding brake


with holding brake
without holding brake
with holding brake

Width
Height
Motor flange, overall dimensions
Spigot ring, diameter
Shaft diameter
Bores for fastening
Pitch circle for fastening
Shaft length
Motor flange, thickness
Spigot ring, depth
Groove dimension (option)
Motor shaft connector level 1
Motor shaft connector level 2
Clearance motor-side connector
(standard version)
Clearance control-side connector
(standard version)
Modular dimension of connector
Axial design

without holding brake [kg]


with holding brake [kg]

Resolver
Absolute encoder
Symbol MDA 35.1 MDA 56.1 MDA 63.1 MDA 35.1 MDA 56.1 MDA 63.1
A
365
423,5
437,5
372,5
423,5
446,5
A*
383
448,5
437,5
390,5
448,5
446,5
181,5
194,5
208,5
181,5
194,5
208,5
A1
199,5
219,5
208,5
199,5
219,5
208,5
B
75
110
110
75
110
110
C
157,5
160
160
157,5
160
160
B1
75
90
110
75
90
110
D1
60j6
80j6
95j6
60j6
80j6
95j6
D2
11k6
14k6
16k6
11k6
14k6
16k6
D3
5,5
6,6
9
5,5
6,6
9
D4
75
100
115
75
100
115
E
23
30
40
23
30
40
F
7
7
9
7
7
9
G
2,5
3
3
2,5
3
3
4P9
5P9
5P9
4P9
5P9
5P9
C1
80,5
86,75
86,75
80,5
86,75
86,75
C2
116
118,5
118,5
116
118,5
118,5
A2

180

199

213

187,5

199

222

A3

14

50

50

14

50

50

R
R1

30
6,3
6,6

30
60
9,3
9,9

30
60
11,2
11,7

30
6,3
6,6

30
60
9,3
9,9

30
60
11,2
11,7
Dimensions in mm

Position of plugs can be varied for both models.

156 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Servo actuators
Di m e nsio n s he e ts
Siz e M DA 3 5 .1 6 3. 1

Size MDA 35.1 MDA 63.1


angular design

R
A3

C1

C2

A2

D2 k6

D1 j6

A4

D3

B/B1
F
E

A1

Distances for
electrical connection

Flange dimensions
motor

Dimensions
servo drive

A/A*

Length
Length of motor

without holding brake


with holding brake
without holding brake
with holding brake

Width
Height
Motor flange, overall dimensions
Spigot ring, diameter
Shaft diameter
Bores for fastening
Pitch circle for fastening
Shaft length
Motor flange, thickness
Spigot ring, depth
Groove dimension (option)
Motor shaft connector level 1
Motor shaft connector level 2
Clearance motor-side connector
(standard version)
Clearance control-side connector
(standard version)
Clearance for heat dissipater motor flange level
Modular dimension of connector

Weight

Angular Design

without holding brake [kg]


with holding brake [kg]

Resolver
Absolute encoder
Symbol MDA 35.1 MDA 56.1 MDA 63.1 MDA 35.1 MDA 56.1 MDA 63.1
A
229
245
257
236
252
264
A*
247
270
257
254
277
264
181,5
194,5
208,5
181,5
194,5
208,5
A1
199,5
219,5
208,5
199,5
219,5
208,5
B
75
110
110
75
110
110
C
242,5
285
285
242,5
285
285
B1
75
90
110
75
90
110
D1
60j6
80j6
95j6
60j6
80j6
95j6
D2
11k6
14k6
16k6
11k6
14k6
16k6
D3
5,5
6,6
9
5,5
6,6
9
D4
75
100
115
75
100
115
E
23
30
40
23
30
40
F
7
7
9
7
7
9
G
2,5
3
3
2,5
3
3
4P9
5P9
5P9
4P9
5P9
5P9
C1
165,5
211,75
211,75
165,5
211,75
211,75
C2
201
243,5
243,5
201
243,5
243,5
A2

14

50

50

14

50

50

A3

10

10

A4
R
R1

30
30
6,6
6,9

6,5
30
60
10,2
10,7

6,5
30
60
12
12,5

37
30
6,6
6,9

13,5
30
60
10,2
10,7

13,5
30
60
12
12,5
Dimensions in mm

Position of plugs can be varied for both models.

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 157

10

Servo actuators
Te c hni c al dat a
Milan driv e adv anced

Functions/Equipment Overview
AC-synchronized servo motor
Special designs
Holding brake
- Brake management
Position-transmitter system
- Resolver
- Multi-turn absolute-value transmitter
Servo amplifier
Digital position and rotation output controller
(current vector controller)
- 4 regulatory parameter records

Equipment

Power supply unit (voltage supply: 230 VAC)


Field bus interface, i.e.
- PROFIBUS DP interface (Profidrive)
- CANopen interface (CiA 402)
4 freely customizable digital inputs

- Supply to sensors on the digital inputs


A bipolar analog input (-10V to +10V)
4 freely customizable digital outputs
RS 232 customizable interface
Flange according to DIN 42948
Motor shaft according to DIN 748
- Parallel-key nut
Protection class IP 64
Protection class IP 67
Explosion protection
Customizable/Parameterization
- RS 232 interface
- Via field bus interface
- Customizable/Parameterization software MDAwin
- Program/configuration externally storable
SPS functional components
Reference operation management

Position control
Manual operation (type-operation data records)
99 freely customizable operation data records
Functions - Programming

- Single-step operation
- Loops/lineages
- Acceleration/deceleration, linear or sin
- Teach-in
Various rule types
- Rotation output/speed
- Contouring error
- Torque/force
- Position (absolute, relative or modulo)
Technological functions, i.e.:
- Electronic gearbox (synchronized run)
- Flying saw
Monitoring, i.e.
- Temperature/ actuator blocked

Signals
Diagnostics

- DC-link circuit
- Event recorder
- Operating-hours counter

Fixtures

Standard Option

158 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Electronic name plate


Standard-sized cables
Attached gearbox
Control box

Servo actuators
Te c h ni sc he Da te n
M ilan drive adv an ce d

Field bus interface (optional) PROFIBUS DP (Profidrive) or CANopen

Field bus (PROFIBUS-DP or CANopen)

24 V D

C sup

ply of

the s e

r vo d r

ive

L im i
t sw
it ch
lef t

The Milan drive advanced is available with a PROFIBUS DP interface according to the Profidrive protocol configured to suit actuators featuring changeable rotation output or with a CANopen
Interface according to CiA 402. Additional field bus interfaces are
available by request. The max. transmission rate for the PROFI-

L im i
ts
r ig h w i t c h
t
Em e
r ge n
cy o
fa s t
ff
s to p

BUS DP interface amounts to 12 Ambit/s; with CANopen, the Milan


drive advanced facilitates max. 1 Ambit/s. For the galvanically separated field bus interfaces, two separate M12 round plugs (Bus In
und Bus Out) are available on the Milan drive advanced. A potential
bus termination occurs via an external termination resistance in
M12 plug technology.

Inputs and outputs, digital und analog


The Milan drive advanced features inputs via which non-field-buscapable sensors can be connected and outputs to which other
devices (i.e., a display device) can be connected. All inputs and outInputs/outputs

puts are freely customizable and can be assigned to individual operation data records.

Description

Sample configuration

24 V DC galvanically isolated

>> Reference switch


>> End switch plus
>> End switch minus
>> Quick stop

1 analog input

bipolar, -10 V to +10 V

>> Potentiometer for pre-definition of


Rotation-speed target value,
Torque target value,
max. rotation output or
max. torque

4 freely customizable
digital outputs

>> 1 relay output 30 V DC/1 A


>> 3 Optocoupler 30 V DC/10 mA

>> Target value attained


>> Operation data record will be processed
>> Fault
>> Holding brake

4 freely customizable
digital inputs

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 159

10

Servo actuators
Te c hni c al dat a
Milan driv e adv anced

Property

Note
To be stored at a temperature range from:
- 20C to + 70C

Ambient temperature

- 10C to + 50C

Protection class

IP 64
IP 67 (optional)
Explosion protection ATEX II 3D (optional)

Cooling

Free convection
with fan, internal control (optional)

Electrical connection

Machine plug M23/Device plug M12


Terminal connection (optional)

Cable sets

Standard-sized cable sets for individual actuators and


bus mains

See fixtures

Shaft design

Without nut
With nut (optional)

Dimensions: See dimensions sheet

Attachable gearbox (optional)

Various types by request

Planetary gear, bevel gear,


worm gear and others

Position transmitter

Resolver
Absolute-value transmitter (optional)

Resolution 4096 Inc/U


Multiturn (4096 U*4096 Inc/U)

Controller

Digital, scanning time 100 s

Operation modes

- Torque control
- Rotation output control
- Position control (absolute, relative, modulo)
- Contouring error

Technological functions

By request

Configuration

- Via serial interface RS232


- Via field bus

115 kBit/s, binary protocol, backed up by CRC

Operation data

99 Operation data records

A single operation data record contains the


operation mode, target values and limit values

Digital inputs 1)

4, freely customizable

24 V DC, galvanically isolated,


Low: 0 bis 5 V, High: 15 bis 30 V

Digital outputs 1)

4, freely customizable
(*if holding brake and/or fan, one output less for each)

Output 1: relay, closing, max 30 V DC/1 A


Output 2 4: Optocoupler, max. 30 V DC/
10 mA

Analog inputs (optional)

1, freely customizable

Input range - 10 V bis + 10 V

Analog outputs (optional)

By request

Voltage output

24 V DC, Max. 150 mA

i.e., for the supply of end switches, digital


inputs or the display of outputs

Field bus (optional)

- Profibus DP, Profile Profidrive V2.0


- CANopen CiA 402

Galvanically isolated, max. 12 Mbit


Galvanically isolated, max. 1 Mbit

Functional components for SPS

Various functional components by request

Status

25 signals
9 warnings + collective warning
17 faults + collective fault

160 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Display via control program, field bus or


digital outputs

Servo actuators
Te c hni c al dat a
M ilan driv e adv an c ed

Sizes MDA 35.1 MDA 63.1


The Milan drive advanced is available in 3 standard sizes. Other sizes on request. The servo drives outstanding feature is their compact design in all sizes.

Size
Nominal speed nN [U/min]
Nominal power PN1) [kW]
1)

Output data

Nominal torque MN [Nm]

MDA35.1

MDA56.1

MDA63.1

3000/6000

3000

3000

0.47/0.47

0.78

1.26

1.5/0.7

2.5

4.0

Maximum torque MMAX [Nm]

4.0/2.5

7.0

9.0

Maximum speed nMAX [U/min]

4000/6000

4000

4000

0.7-4/0.7-4

2.5-4

7.0 -4

Rotor inertia J [kg m2]


Power supply for drive

230 V AC (-10 %/+15 %). 50 Hz

Nominal current IN for drive


Maximum current consumption IMAX [A] for drive
Fuse (external) for drive :
Nominal current characteristics
Electrical
data

6.0/6.0

8.0

11.0

12.0/12.0

22.0

22.0

10A - K

16A - K

16A - K

internal. 24 V DC of intermediate circuit.


automatic switching to 24 V DC ( 10 %/ + 10 %)
external in case of supply voltage failure

Electronics power supply

Electronics current consumption 2)


typically [mA]

250

Holding torque, statical [Nm]


Holding brake
(Option)

2.0/2.0

Holding brake power supply


Current consumption [A]

Fan
(Option)

0.46/0.46

Fan power supply


Current consumption [A]

0.5

1.00/1.00

1.00

Ballast power with internal ballast resistance [W]

50

Ballast power with external ballast resistance 1) [W]

Option: 100/200/400

axial design

9.0

0.75

24 V DC (-8 %/+ 8 %)

4)

Ballast

4.5
24 V DC (-8 %/+ 8 %)

1.00

without holding brake [kg]

6.3/6.3

9.3

11.2

with holding brake [kg]

6.6/6.6

9.9

11.7

without holding brake [kg]

6.6/6.6

10.2

12.0

with holding brake [kg]

6.9/6.9

10.7

12.5

365.0/383.0

423.5/448.5

437.5/437.5

157.5

160

160

Weight
angular design

max. Length without/with holding brake [mm]


Dimensions axial
design

Height [mm]
Width [mm]
Weight without/with holding brake [kg]
max. Length without/with holding brake [mm]

Dimensions
angular design

Hight from axis centre [mm]


Width [mm]
Weight without/with holding brake [kg]

75

110

110

6.3/6.6

9.3/9.9

11.2/11.7

229.0/247.0

245.0/270.0

257.0/257.0

242.5

285

285

75

110

100

6.6/6.9

10.2/10.7

12.0/12.5

1) In S1 operation
2) Standard version
3) Indication for S1 operation,
4) Weight for standard version

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 161

10

Servo actuators
I nst allat i o n g ui de li ne s
Milan driv e adv anced

Example: Linking from DDRi and DDRi+1 with waiting time and brake

Holding brake (optional)

T
DDRi activ

If a holding brake is used, the current position is reliably maintained.


This prevents a change of position (i. e., by the exertion of gravity
or other outside forces) after shutting off the motor.

T Brake

DDRi+1 activ

TMotor
Seperation time

Connection time
Waiting time

n
nDDRi

Static holding-torque values: MDA 35.1


MDA 56.1
MDA 53.1
>> Brake

2,0 Nm
4,5 Nm
9,0 Nm

nDDRi+1

Nominal time 1)

Nominal postion 1)

DDR = Driving data record


T = Torque
n = Output speed
t = Time
1) nominal time and nominal position depends on control type in DDR

management

Via the internal brake management system, the brake is involved


in accordingly targeted program procedures. The linkage and separation times for the brake and any pre-defined wait and positioncontrol holding intervals are automatically included (see graphic).

FDS = Operation data record, T = Torque, n = Rotation output,


t = Time, 1) Target time or target position nor controlled in the FDS
As long as the brake is not completely open or closed, the motor generates the hold torque. The waiting
time can be (for each operation run data record) separately set and denotes the min. wait until the next
operation run. In this waiting time, the separation and linkage times for the brake are included. If the
sum of the separation and linkage time is longer than the set waiting time, the brake is not used.

Customer-specific technological functions


>> Additional

functions

Upon request in addition to the aforementioned functions additional application-specific functions are realizable (such as i. e.,
flying referencing or an override functionality).

Programming Parameterization
>> Programming Parameterization

the saved configuration can simply be loaded to the programming


device and then be transferred to the operation of the replacement
actuator.

The parameterization and/or programming of operation data records


occurs with the aid of a desktop or laptop PC connected to the RS 232
interface. The RS 232 interface lies on a separate plug so that it can >> SPS Functional components
be accessed without disconnecting the other connections.
The PROFIBUS profile PROFIDRIVE and CANopen CiA 402 also enThe quick and simple commissioning of the Milan Servo actuator is
compass (in addition to the actual programming) the option to switch
enabled by way of a pool of Milan functional components1) based on
parameters. Parameterization and programming can therefore take
the Simatic software Step7 in association with PROFIBUS DP. The SPS
place from the superordinate controls. For the parameterization via
programmer does not have to deal with the detailed requirements
the RS 232 interface, the software MDAwin is needed and can be
of the PROFIBUS protocol (Profidrive) concerning the activation. By
procured from GFC AntriebsSysteme. Operation also requires the
combining the various components, nearly any application situation
Microsoft operation system Windows 2000/XP. The procedure procan be realized.
gram and/or the configuration of any Milan drive advanced are re1) The functional components must be adapted by the programmer
spectively storable on a data medium (i. e., the hard drive of a laptop)
of the given application.
and can be modified offline. If a Milan drive advanced is replaced,

Functions
>> Reference

operation management

The reference operation can be initiated by:


>> Applying voltage (Powerup)
>> First start of an operation data record
>> Reference operation by an external signal, i.e., by a digital
input or via field bus
>> Manually via the MDAwin software
Reference operation speed/rotation output and reference operation torque/force can be determined.

162 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

>>

Position control
Positioning takes place internally, via a P-controller. The proportional increase depends on the system to be controlled. There are
four independently-adjustable control-parameter sets available for
possible assignment to individual operation data records.
The likewise adjustable position control hold time indicates how
long the actuator (after the end of a program) maintains a required
control-torque level to counteract a change in the target position
compelled by the influence of external forces. The position control
hold time is adjustable between 0 and .

Servo actuators
I nst allat io n g ui de li ne s
M ilan drive adva nc ed

>> Manual

operation

Via two separate typing-operation data records, the actuator can


(independent of the motion profile set as a parameter) be operated
in the manual operation mode. The two typing-operation data
records can be directly activated via a field bus.

>> Customizable

Operation data records

The Milan drive advanced features more than 100 freely customizable data records. These operation data records can be activated
via field bus. The following settings are possible:
>> Selection from various controller modes (see below)
>> Rotation output/speed
>> Torque/force
>> Acceleration
>> Acceleration ramp, linear or sin
>> Deceleration
>> Deceleration ramp, linear or sin

>> Single-step

operation

The operation data records are activated individually by a start


signal via the bus, via the RS 232 Interface or via a digital input.
Procedure control
Each operation data record can in turn activate another to enable
the programming of infinite loops. Between two operation data
records, a wait time can be defined. Via an external signal, lineages
are possible. As soon as this signal is pending, the actuator jumps
to the programmed operation data record and performs the action
defined therein. As an additional option, the program procedure
can be halted according to any operation data record and then only
continued by an external synchronization signal.
Teach In
Teach In means the capability to assign actual positions as target
values to certain operation data records. Externally-preset motion
sequences can thereby be mapped in a procedure program.

Signals/Diagnostics/Fixtures
>> Monitoring

The Milan drive advanced features comprehensive monitoring


functions and status signals. As a rule, the differentiation is made
between a fault (which leads to the immediate shutoff of the actuator) and a warning (which merely generates a signal). A warning
must often be seen as the precursor to a fault.
Immediate shutoff in the event of a fault prevents damage to the
machine or to the installation. The diverse options available for diagnostics enable the quick localization and remedy of a fault. For
control via field bus: all fault and warning signals can be transmitted separately.

>> Electronics temperature greater than 75C


>> Quick-hold command activated
>> Actuator blocked
Event memory
The Milan drive advanced features an event memory in which i. e.,
faults, warnings and other functional events are stored chronologically. The data are stored on non-volatile memory media.
Operating hours counter
The Milan drive advanced features an internal operating hours
counter. The data are stored on non-volatile memory media.
>> Electronic

Warnings
Examples
>> DC-link circuit less than 220 V
>> Brake voltage less than 22 V or greater than 26 V
>> Motor temperature greater than 130 C
>> Electronics temperature greater than 70 C
>> Contouring error

name plate

In the Milan drive advanced, a non-volatile device identifier is lodged. At GFC AntriebsSysteme, all product-identifying information
(such as i. e., order number, circuit diagram, firmware version, etc.)
is retrievable.
In two ID fields, customer-specific data can also be entered.

Faults
>> DC-link circuit less than 180 V or greater than 400 V
>> Brake voltage less than 20 V or greater than 28 V
>> Motor temperature greater than 140 C

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 163

10

Servo actuators
I nst allat i o n g ui de li ne s
Milan driv e adv anced

Use conditions/EU directives


>> Use

conditions

>> EU

Protection classes
>> IP 64 means protection against the ingress of
dust and spray water
>> IP 67 means protection against the ingress of
dust and protection when immersed in water
Corrosion protection
The housing of the Milan drive advanced is manufactured from a
top-quality corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy. All other outlying
parts such as screws and the motor shaft are made of non-corroding steel. The top coat is gray other colors are available upon
request.
Ambient temperatures
10C bis + 50C
Derating from + 25C. Reduction of the nominal output by 2.5 %
per Kelvin.
Explosion safety (optional)
The Milan drive advanced can be used in explosion-prone atmospheres under conditions which must be precisely verified. GFC
affirms in a manufacturer`s statement the fulfillment of the conditions for the following ATEX device classification:
Device group II,
Device category 3,
Medium dust (Zone 22),
Temperature class T4 (135 C)

directives

Machine Directive
Servo actuators are not (according to this directive) complete
machines. That means that a compliance verification is not possible;
however, GFC AntriebsSysteme affirms in a manufacturers statement that the norms specified in the Machine Directive have been
observed in the design of the Milan drive advanced. By way of the
assembly with other components, a machine can be created
which fulfils the conditions set forth in this directive. Prior to the
commissioning of this machine, a compliance certificate must be
issued by its manufacturer.
Low-voltage and EMC directive
The fulfillment of these requirements by the Milan drive advanced
was verified in tests. Therefore, GFC AntriebsSysteme provides a
compliance statement in accordance with these directives.

Since the Milan drive advanced fulfils the relevant requirements


set forth by the low-voltage and EMC directives, the devices are
labeled with the CE symbol according to the labeling requirement.

Fixtures
>> Standard-sized

cables

Output as well as signal lines can be supplied pre-sized in different


lengths. You will find further information in the fixtures catalog.
Attached gearbox
Upon request, the Milan drive advanced can also be supplied with
an attached gearbox. The gearbox can either be procured from
GFC AntriebsSysteme or provided by the customer. The gearbox
transmission ratios are taken into account in the Milan drive advanced configuration menu.
Control box
The Milan drive advanced, the control box, standard-size lines and
the MDAwin Software can be provided to interested users on loan
for test purposes. On the control box, inputs and outputs can be

164 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

directly activated. Alternatively, external sensors (such as end switches or reference switches) can be connected directly on the control
box.
Documentation
This documentation consists of:
>> Operation guide for the corresponding controls type
(PROFIBUS DP, CANopen)
>> Technical data sheet and dimensions sheet are available
in series, in German and English language versions.
Other languages upon request.
For information on other available fixtures, please refer to the separate fixtures catalog.

Servo actuators
N o te s

10

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 165

Servo actuators
Di m e nsi o n she e t s Milan f o rm at
S iz e MF 3 5 .1 MF 63. 1

Milan format

e4
e1

optionally
mounting
on the
Anbau
optional
auf der
rear
side of housing possible
Gehuserckseite

e2

e3

d2

d1

d3

l1

d4

l2
l3

Measurements of standard design


Dimensions in mm

Symbol

MF35.1*

MF56.1*

MF63.1

Width

82

102

125

Height electronics

82

102

125

Output shaft diameter

d1j6

11

14

16

Output flange, outer dimension

d2h6

40

50

60

Pitch circle fixing

d3

55

65

80

Drills fixing

d4

M5

M5

M5

Groove dimension

l1

16

18

18

Output shaft length

l2

20

25

25

Length, complete

l3

95

116

140

Width electronics

e1

80

80

80

Height electronics

e2

56

56

56

Length electronics without connector

e3

108

108

108

Length electronics with connector

e4

125

125

125

* on request

166 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Servo actuators
Te c hni c a l d ata M ila n f o rm a t
Siz e M F 3 5 .1 MF 6 3. 1

Size
With integrated gearbox
Output speed nN [U/min]

MF 56.1*

MF 63.1

i = 80:1

i = 80:1

i = 80:1

37

37

37

3 to 40

3 to 40

3 to 40

Rated power PN 1) [W]

10

26

45

Rated torque MN 3) [Nm]

12

25

40

Maximal torque
MMAX [Nm]

25

50

100

> 10 Nm

> 10 Nm

> 10 Nm

Output speed range [U/min]

Performance features

MF 35.1*

Holding torque, static


(currentless) [Nm]
Positioning accuracy 4)

0.3 0.8 (< 1 at max. torque)

power suply [V]

Electrical features

on request

on request

10

max. power supply IMAX[A]

on request

on request

32

fuse protection (extern):

on request

on request

15A

rated curent characteristics

on request

on request

15A

24 DC

24 DC

24 DC

300

300

300

supply electronics [V]


power input 2)
typical [mA]
Weight

48 DC (optional 24 DC)

rated power supply IN [A]

[kg]

4.9

1) With operation mode S1, 2) Standard, 3) With operation mode S2 5 minutes, 4) With hall generator and without additional encodes

* on request

Feature

Remark

Surrounding temperature

0C to +40C

Protection class

IP 54 optional: IP 67

Cooling

natural convection

Electrical connection

AMP Junior Timer 1-963215-1


optional: Phoenix PLUSCON-VARICON

Wire set

converted wire sets for single


drives and bus networks

Shaft design
Encoder

storage: -15C to +70C

please see accessories

without groove
optional: with groove hollow shaft
with internal toothing
Hall generator
optional: additional absolut encoder

Controller

digital

Operation modes

- rotation speed control


- torque control
- position control (absolute, relative)

Technology functions

on request

Configurations

with serial interface RS232


with field bus

Driving programms

64 driving programms

Digital inputs

10

Digital outputs

Analogue inputs

2 (10 V, 12 Bit, differentiell)

Analogue outputs

1 (010 V, 8 Bit)

10

Field bus
Function block for SPS
Status

A driving programm includes operation mode,


nominal values and limit values.
Because of multiple using, not all signals
can be used parallel.
Because of multiple using, not all signals
can be used parallel.
Because of multiple using, not all signals
can be used parallel.

CANopen
optional: Profibus DP, EtherCAT
miscellaneous function blocks
on request
status register error memory

displayed over operating program, field bus


or digital outputs

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 167

>> GE ARLESS DRIV E UNIT S


During the last few years, there has been a growing interest in direct
drives. Small wonder as they offer various advantages when designing
competitive machines and systems, provided that the necessary electrotechnical and mechanical knowledge is available. GFC direct drives generate a high torque (torque motor) or a high thrust (linear motor) at low
frequency. They run at low noise, evenly and operate efficiently
and with high precision during their entire lifetime. Furthermore, direct drives are economically viable. Cost-intensive
maintenance becomes obsolete as there is virtually no
mechanical wear. Should repair become necessary, the
motor is replaced as a whole. A lubricant is not required
another environmentally friendly aspect.

11
Direct drives

11

Direct drives
Te c hni c al dat a
S iz e T M 3 20

Torque motor as a (gearless) actuator system


>> Example:

Gearless for lift actuators

For our customers, we engineer custom-designed actuator solutions


of the highest quality. Due to their low-noise and consistent running response, the gearless actuator systems by GFC are particularly suitable for use in lift (elevator) construction.
GFCs gearless actuator systems are supplied including the traction
sheave, gauging system and brake system.
>> Specification:

>> Synchronized motor with high-performance permanent magnets


- Temperature monitoring with thermostat
- Redundant brake system according to EN 81-1
>> Micro-switch for function monitoring (brake)
>> Approved for catch upward
- integrated gauging system
>> Absolute: resolution (13-bit)
>> Incremental: 2048 impulses, 1Vss

Technical parameters for lift actuators


Load capacity
[kg]
630
1000

Speed
[m/s]
1
1

Suspension
2:1
2:1

Nominal torque
[Nm]
247
392

Axle load
[kg]
1650
2500

Shaft efficiency
0,75
0,75

Weight
[kg]
190
235

TM 320
472

140

Achtung!
Attention!

drawing
45
um 45 verdreht
rotated
gezeichnet

280 grease
frei von and
Farbe,
280
oilOele
free
und FetteLocitite 7063
cleaner:

80

Reiniger: Locitite 7063

Z


245

55

55
215

143

365

view to the
Blick auf die
contact
pins
Stiftkontakte

140

encoder
holder
Haltewinkel
Geber
1 9 8
2

10 12

40

11

7
6

30

9,11
2,5

116

13
8

240

434

56

1

45

30
40

192

traction
sheave
Treibscheibe
Z059.934-T6V
Z059.934-T6V

M20
75

75
280

170 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Direct drives
Te c hni c al dat a
Siz e T M 6 30

>> Example:

Torque motor for wire drive

With nearly 15,000 Nm peak torque, the TM 630 is currently the


Jumbo in our torque-motor series. Optionally available with the
matching transmitter, inverter and brake, this is the ideal compact
actuator system for the most diverse areas of application. The high
degree of protection along with outstanding corrosion protection
enables its application and operation under rough ambient conditions. The technical data can be varied and custom-configured for
your own application.
>> Optional:

>> Transmitter (designed according to customer specifications)


>> Brake (designed according to customer specifications)
>> Actuation regulator upon request

Technical parameters
Nominal speed nN
[min-1]
64

Norminal power PN
[kW]
35

Nominal torque MN
[Nm]
5100

Max. torque Mmax


[Nm]
14800

Nominal current IN
[A]
75

Nominal voltage UN
[V]
400

TM 630
60-0,2

320
225

(30)

60-0,2
60-0,2
,2

,2

,2

30

30

210

(30)
(8

140-0,2

140-0,2


210

140-0,2
30

60-0,2

2
3 +0

23 +
0

2 1 +0



300-0,3

200-0,3

(8

(8

112

60-0,2

210

200-0,3

300-0,3

60-0,2
(30)

730

500

300

270
200
150
100
50

1005

M501,5

145

M201,5 (4)

448

533

11

Z
6900,2
25

condense
water drain
Kodenswasserablass

Z
116


170h11

(3)

pulley, not included in


Seilscheibe
scope
of delivery of GFC
nicht Lieferumfang GFC

342-0,5

65


100

868

167

283-0,5

H11
225


270

H7

390

387-0,5

386-0,5

170g6

25

116

173

18

666

(130)

240
500

(130)

715


GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 171

>> INTEGR ATED PRODUC T DE V ELOPMENT


Selecting the correct drive solution for an application, optimum sizing
and adaptation of all system components requires intensive consulting.
GFC supports its customers at any stage of the process chain as a partner, anticipating customer needs. We design individual drive solutions
or configure our standard products into convincing drives with first
class efficiency. Thus we create highly efficient products with regards
to noise reduction, torque and performance. Their reliability and
economic viability create a sustainable competitive advantage for
our customers.

Comprehensive test bench inspections are indispensable for


ensuring smooth operation and ruling out functional problems.

12
Engineering

12

Engineering

Step by step to the optimum product


development

The silhouette outlining the geometry of a gear system, the available installation space and the arrangement of the components
it is with simple sketches on a sheet of paper that the often-laborious
engineering of a new product begins. Even in this early stage, GFC
is there for the customer to assist in the development of the optimum actuator concept. In this process, our engineers draw on
many years of experience in concept development, as well as on
numerous possible technical approaches to solutions yet without
losing sight of relevant commercially-oriented arguments in the
process. After all, aspects of business economics and the associated parameters are significantly decisive factors in the commercial
viability of an innovation. In addition to appropriately-proportional investment costs, the level of energy consumption as well as
productivity and maintenance costs for the installations generate
noticeable added value for customers. In the context of feasibility
studies, we objectively assess the manufacturing costs accrued in
the process, along with the benefits and drawbacks of an actuation
concept. This enables us to advance the concept-development process in a manner oriented towards implementation and to develop decisive indicators for our customers product strategy. The
result of these studies: performance specifications which enable
the customer to implement the next steps of the industrialization
process in a targeted fashion at best, of course, with an actuation
system made by GFC.
In this process, GFC draws on the entire array of instrumentation
available for modern concept development: all drafts are generated in the 3D-CAD System Solid Designer, and are then available
for further cross-section and assembly tests. In the interplay with
accompanying calculations, the effectiveness of an actuation concept is validated based on a prototype in realistic conditions, in
the respective machine or installation.
>> Customized

>> Calculation

The 3D-CAD data gained from concept development are the basis
for a simplified component calculation via FEA methods. Modern
calculation software enables simple network generation. In addition, insights into the response of the given components are directly
integrable into pre-defined load situations.

Since in many custom-designed applications the force loads are


subject to extreme fluctuation and the data recording has usually
not been performed to the very last detail, the determination of
the appropriate collective load is indeed a challenge. In co-operation with the customer and based on our solid understanding
of systematics, we can successfully make realistic assumptions on
design and these are confirmed in subsequent real tests.
With the calculation program Kiss-Soft, nearly all types of gearbox work can be dimensioned. GFC utilizes the software for the
design of the machines components and splicings. The fine-tuned
calculation of the gearboxes particularly the roller bearings and
the rotating-mechanism bearings takes place in co-operation
with the respective manufacturers, in order to utilize to the best
of the available capacity all properties of the components involved. With that, our customers benefit from a professionally-dimensioned actuator system as the basis for the continued design of
machines and installations.

solutions

On request and in customised versions, cross-helical gear units,


screw jacks and bevel gear units are part of GFC comprehensive
product range. Screw jacks transform rotary movements into linear
movements and perform controlled lifting, lowering, pressing and
positioning procedures. Screw jacks are often used as electromechanical replacements for hydraulic and pneumatic elements.
Bevel gear units can be recommended for applications with small
transmission ratios and rectangular torque transmission. Crosshelical gears are rarely used and only for small outputs and transmission ratios.

Belastungsdiagramm
beiload
aufliegender
Last
Load
diagram for
on top
30

stallKippmoment
torque (kNm)
[kNm]

>> Concept

25
20
15

Wlzlager
Roller
bearing
Bolt
M16-10.9
Schraube
M16- 10.9
radial
force 50000N
50000N
Radialkraft
Bolt
M16-8.8
Schraube
M16- 8.8
Radialkraft
radial
force 30000N
30000N

10
5
0
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

Axialkraft
(kN)
Zulssige
Axialkraft
(kN)
permissible
axial
force

70

80

90

100

[kN]

>> Testing

Filling line Krones AG

174 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

For a technician, nothing else is more exciting than subjecting ones


own drafts and calculations to a test under realistic conditions. Particularly for newly-engineered products, detailed test runs are an
indispensable step in the development process in order to guarantee trouble-free practical operation and rule out any functional
problems. For this purpose, GFC has developed its own test bench
which enables the exhaustive testing of gearboxes with up to 140 kW
actuator output in various design configurations.

Engineering

In order to be able to better assess the interplay of individual com- >> Industrialization
ponents and their influences on the entire system, GFC is increasingly transitioning to setting up sub-sections of machines and
The challenge in any production process is to manufacture ininstallations in the testing field. Even those effects which are very
novative products with consistent quality while simultaneousdifficult to simulate (such as oscillations, vibrations and impact
ly keeping costs at a moderate level. This balancing act requires
loads) can be validated to the best of capacity in these real tests.
outstandingly-qualified employees who are familiar with current
production technologies and processes. Even at the beginning of
the product-development phase, our experts from the fields of
Another focal point of our testing capacity: lifetime and wear tests.
Industrial Engineering and Fixture Construction work closely with
For these tests, the total lifetime load capacity of a gearbox is redesigners to optimize the geometry and stability of a given product
created on a time-lapse basis, and the aging process is accelerated
with regard to possible production processes. Its ease of assembly
with higher cycle times and load peaks. In this context, primarily
and the low error rate for a product are in this context the requilubrication concepts and material combinations can be examined
rements for a product to advance to the serial-production stage
via these processes. The test benches used here are originated larat our plant.
gely from our own engineering concepts which we also make
available to our customers for ordered testing.
In order to co-ordinate and efficiently integrate the process steps
For quite a long time now, certifications according to DIN EN ISO
involved in surface tempering, hardening and to some extent also
9001 (along with product certifications by DNV and ABS for importhe coloring within the production process, GFCs own productant quality parameters) have become part of the standard applied
tion facility works closely with a network of competent partners
to production at GFC. The processing of all safety-relevant parts
specializing in surface engineering. As an additional engineering
such as the housing, worm wheel and worm shaft takes place in
service, GFC refers interested customers to the respectively skilled
our own production facility, on precision tool machines. To meet
specialists and to those companies suited to handle particularly
the requirements imposed by our highly diverse product range and
complex pre-defined projects along with the production planning.
the dynamics of demand, the chipping production in place at GFC
In the course of spline engineering, the surveying process provides decisive starting points to assess the quality of a product,
AntriebsSysteme GmbH is organized according to the Lean Manuand defines standards for long-term quality assurance. The exact
facturing Principle. For continuous enhancement, all processes are
characterization and qualification of a worm-drive set based on
regularly scrutinized and improved accordingly.
different gauging methods makes GFC the market leader in worm
splining.
In this overall process, we do not jump on every bandwagon instead, we seek sensible improvements to benefit our customers.
Whether dealing with a complex single-flank roller test or the
In dialogue with our partners and employees, we work together to
sizing of complicated gearbox housings, GFC has the technical rechart a course in pursuit of increased efficiency and the highest
quirements in place and makes its comprehensive expertise availquality.
able to its customers. Just talk to us if you seek to industrialize the
manufacture and assembly of gearboxes or actuator systems. We
will assist you in planning and realizing the appropriate implementation.

Test bench with drive force up to 140 kW

12

3D-coordinate measurement by well educated staff

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 175

>> E XCELLENT PRODUC T S MEE T


E XCELLENT ADVICE
Local presence is GFCs main focus. Excellent products, competent
advice by the field service and proactive services increase the lifetime
of machines and systems. From the smallest gear motors right through
to industrial gear units and drive electronics we offer tailor-made
service for our entire product range. And this of course, for the entire
life cycle: from installation and commissioning through all operational
stages and maintenance to optimisation or modernisation. By reducing
both technical efforts and financial expense, we create decisive
competitive advantages and set new standards in terms of customer
orientation. GFC starts where standard solutions fail.

Local presence is GFC main focus.

13
13

Service

Service

Comprehensive and reliable services for the entire


lifetime of your installations.
Of course, servicing by GFC does not end upon the delivery of our
products to the customer. Experienced Key Account specialists and
veteran distribution partners are available to assist you at any time
with any of your questions on our designs or on the overall system
environment. An extensive network of experts which consists of
engine, brake and clutch manufacturers enables quick and professional worldwide service.
>>

either on the customers premises or in our own repair shop. In


this context, our employees always stay abreast of the very latest
technical developments by way of regular continuous-education
courses and practical training.

Commissioning
At your request, we will take care of the complete transport
logistics involved in the delivery of actuator systems purchased at
GFC. At GFC, the commissioning of your new installation and its
implementations into existing systems is always performed reliably. On-site, our highly qualified employees check its installation
parameters, perform test operation and brief their personnel in a
comprehensive scope.

>>

A direct link to our experts


Certifications according to the norms DIN EN ISO 9001, DNV and
ABS are among the most important quality parameters; these are
likewise part of the productions standards in place at GFC. Yet
despite all our conscientiousness and highest quality standards
sometimes the devil is in the details. That is why you can conveniently view and also retrieve from our website via download all of
the technical data sheets and operation guides for our products,
in various file formats. This enables you to easily perform maintenance work and small-scale repairs yourself. Also, if you nevertheless have any trouble, you can just contact our experts.

>>

Spare-parts service

With our flexible spare-parts service (also available on short notice),


we avoid unnecessary downtime for our customers installations.
For any questions on the supply of spare parts, our service departMaintenance work is processed by our own specialists.
ment is certainly available to help you. All you need to tell us is the
serial number on the name plate of the product to be replaced.
Also, in the download area of our website, you will find the spareparts lists in 3-D format, along with the parts lists. We will gladly >> Test-bench service
assist you with parts identification as well as with fault diagnostics
we will also advise you on the selection of a suitable replacement
To guarantee their trouble-free operation, GFC products must sucproduct.
cessfully complete a test-bench run. Our test stands were engineered here at our company and subject gears with up to 140 kw
An overview of our spare-parts service:
actuator output to a comprehensive and detailed functional test in
>> Status analysis
various design configurations. In this process, the interplay of the
>> Damage analysis, assessment and documentation
individual components and their influence on the overall system
>> Preventive measures
are assessed; in addition, lifetime and wear tests are performed.
>> Development of an individual supply concept
We will also make our test benches available to customers who
>> Fault analysis and troubleshooting
would like to perform contracted tests.
>> Spare-parts supply
>> Maintenance and inspection
>> Corrective maintenance and repair
>> Spare-parts lists in 3-D format, along with parts lists
for nearly all gear types
Provide for the unexpected with GFC. Our proactive and preventive maintenance, inspection and component-check measures for
>> Repair service
gearboxes enable us to detect the smallest of irregularities before
a defect occurs or at least before extensive damage occurs. Of
course, if necessary, we will perform professional replacement serDowntime strains your schedule, your budget and your nerves.
vices (for individual parts of gearboxes such as the gear sets.
Thats why we perform overhauls and repairs quickly and reliably

178 / GFC Product Catalog 2012

Service

>>

Complaints
One of our products does not fulfill your high expectations, or you
are experiencing problems in the operation of your installation?
Then please contact us in the event of any complaints or problems in the application, our expert personnel is certainly available
to help and provides prompt customer support even on short notice for corrective maintenance and/or continuous enhancement
of the installations and machines.

>>

Automation and upgrading


You would like to automate or upgrade your installations even after
their commissioning? No problem. We supply custom-fit replacement parts upon request, also as custom-manufactured components. All retrofitting measures are performed rapidly most of
them during ongoing operations, to avoid downtime intervals for
the installation. A higher degree of automation sustainably reduces operating costs, thereby also generating enhanced productivity
and efficiency at comparably moderate investment costs.

>>

Training sessions
The regular and direct exchange of information with our customers
is the catalyst for new developments and a decisive factor in the

A detailed quality inspection is done of course after every repair work

continuous quality assurance for our products. Close co-operation


based on partnership is essential to ensure our mutual success.
Of course, this involves sharing our skills, knowledge base and experience with our customers. This is why we conduct individual
training sessions upon request - or perform an on-site orientation
for your employees on the operation of the systems.

13

GFC Product Catalog 2012 / 179

Route to GFC
Berlin

Exit 79
Dresden-Neustadt

Coswig
Hamburg

Radebeul
Me
in
er S
tra
e

Bremen
Berlin

Leipzig

Dresden

Chemnitz/
Leipzig

A4

A4

A4

Cologne

A 13

A4

Sc
hil
Elbe denStr
.

Hanover

Grlitz

Frankfurt

Dresdner Strae

Stuttgart

Gren
zstra
e

K
titz
er
Str
a
e

Munich

Mei
ne
r Str
ae

Railway Station

WERK 2

Gr
en
zst
ra
e

WERK 1

GFC AntriebsSysteme GmbH


Grenzstrae 5
D-01640 Coswig
phone +49 (0) 3523 94 60
fax +49 (0) 3523 74 142
gfc-antriebe@gfc-antriebe.de
www.gfc-antriebe.de

Y050.043/en/1.11

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen